Manual de Mantenimiento CGAM PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 122

Installation, Operation,

and Maintenance

Air-Cooled Scroll Chillers


Model CGAM
20 – 130 Tons — Made in USA

SAFETY WARNING
Only qualified personnel should install and service the equipment. The installation, starting up, and servicing
of heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment can be hazardous and requires specific knowledge and
training. Improperly installed, adjusted or altered equipment by an unqualified person could result in death or
serious injury. When working on the equipment, observe all precautions in the literature and on the tags,
stickers, and labels that are attached to the equipment.

March 2015 CG-SVX17G-EN


Introduction
Read this manual thoroughly before operating or servicing
this unit.
WARNING
Warnings, Cautions, and Notices Proper Field Wiring and Grounding
Required!
Safety advisories appear throughout this manual as
required.Your personal safety and the proper operation of Failure to follow code could result in death or serious
injury. All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified
this machine depend upon the strict observance of these
personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field
precautions. wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To
avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for
field wiring installation and grounding as described in
The three types of advisories are defined as follows: NEC and your local/state electrical codes.

Indicates a potentially hazardous


WARNING situation which, if not avoided, could WARNING
result in death or serious injury. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Indicates a potentially hazardous Required!
CAUTIONs situation which, if not avoided, could
result in minor or moderate injury. It Installing/servicing this unit could result in exposure to
could also be used to alert against electrical, mechanical and chemical hazards.
unsafe practices. • Before installing/servicing this unit, technicians
NOTICE Indicates a situation that could result in MUST put on all PPE required for the work being
equipment or property-damage only undertaken (Examples; cut resistant gloves/sleeves,
accidents. butyl gloves, safety glasses, hard hat/bump cap, fall
protection, electrical PPE and arc flash clothing).
Important Environmental Concerns ALWAYS refer to appropriate Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS)/Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and OSHA
Scientific research has shown that certain man-made
guidelines for proper PPE.
chemicals can affect the earth’s naturally occurring
stratospheric ozone layer when released to the • When working with or around hazardous chemicals,
atmosphere. In particular, several of the identified ALWAYS refer to the appropriate MSDS/SDS and
chemicals that may affect the ozone layer are refrigerants OSHA/GHS (Global Harmonized System of
that contain Chlorine, Fluorine and Carbon (CFCs) and Classification and Labelling of Chemicals) guidelines
those containing Hydrogen, Chlorine, Fluorine and for information on allowable personal exposure
Carbon (HCFCs). Not all refrigerants containing these levels, proper respiratory protection and handling
compounds have the same potential impact to the instructions.
environment.Trane advocates the responsible handling of • If there is a risk of energized electrical contact, arc, or
all refrigerants-including industry replacements for CFCs flash, technicians MUST put on all PPE in accordance
such as HCFCs and HFCs. with OSHA, NFPA 70E, or other country-specific
requirements for arc flash protection, PRIOR to
Important Responsible Refrigerant servicing the unit. NEVER PERFORM ANY
Practices SWITCHING, DISCONNECTING, OR VOLTAGE
Trane believes that responsible refrigerant practices are TESTING WITHOUT PROPER ELECTRICAL PPE AND
important to the environment, our customers, and the air ARC FLASH CLOTHING. ENSURE ELECTRICAL
conditioning industry. All technicians who handle METERS AND EQUIPMENT ARE PROPERLY RATED
refrigerants must be certified.The Federal Clean Air Act FOR INTENDED VOLTAGE.
(Section 608) sets forth the requirements for handling, Failure to follow instructions could result in death or
reclaiming, recovering and recycling of certain serious injury.
refrigerants and the equipment that is used in these
service procedures. In addition, some states or
municipalities may have additional requirements that
must also be adhered to for responsible management of
refrigerants. Know the applicable laws and follow them.

© 2015Trane All rights reserved CG-SVX17G-EN


Introduction

Trademarks
WARNING All trademarks referenced in this document are the
R-410A Refrigerant under Higher Pressure trademarks of their respective owners.
than R-22!
The units described in this manual use R-410A Revision History
refrigerant which operates at higher pressures than R-
22 refrigerant. Use ONLY R-410A rated service CG-SVX17G-EN (04 Mar 2015)
equipment or components with these units. For • Updated general data for 15 ton compressor project.
specific handling concerns with R-410A, please contact
your local Trane representative. • Added Extra Efficiency option units.
Failure to use R-410A rated service equipment or • Removed duplicated information found in other
components could result in equipment exploding under locations (nameplate, catalog, submittal).
R-410A high pressures which could result in death,
serious injury, or equipment damage. • Removed detailed communication interface
information.

WARNING
Hazardous Service Procedures!
The maintenance and troubleshooting procedures
recommended in this manual could result in exposure
to electrical, mechanical or other potential safety
hazards. Always refer to the safety warnings provided
throughout this manual concerning these procedures.
Unless specified otherwise, disconnect all electrical
power including remote disconnect and discharge all
energy storing devices such as capacitors before
servicing. Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to
ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized.
When necessary to work with live electrical
components, have a qualified licensed electrician or
other individual who has been trained in handling live
electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to
follow all of the recommended safety warnings
provided, could result in death or serious injury.

Factory Warranty Information


Compliance with the following is required to preserve the
factory warranty:
All Unit Installations
Startup MUST be performed byTrane, or an authorized
agent ofTrane, to VALIDATE this WARRANTY. Contractor
must provide a two-week startup notification toTrane (or
an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to perform
startup).

Copyright
This document and the information in it are the property of
Trane, and may not be used or reproduced in whole or in
part without written permission.Trane reserves the right
to revise this publication at any time, and to make changes
to its content without obligation to notify any person of
such revision or change.

CG-SVX17G-EN 3
Table of Contents
Model Number Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Pressure Drop Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Nameplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Ambient Freeze Avoidance . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Unit Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Low Evap Refrigerant Cutout/
Percent Glycol Recommendations . . . . . .45
Compressor Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Performance Adjustment Factors . . . . . . .48
Model Number Coding System . . . . . . . . . . 6
Partial Heat Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Model Number Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Partial Heat Recovery Piping . . . . . . . . . . .49
Unit Model Number Description . . . . . . . . . 7
Partial Heat Recovery Freeze Avoidance .50
Compressor Model Number Description . . 8
Partial Heat Recovery
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Pressure Drop Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Unit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Dual High Head Pump Package . . . . . . . . . .52
Accessory/Options Information . . . . . . . . . 10 Pressure Drop Information -
General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Units with Optional Pump Package . . . . .53
Pre-Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Pump Package Requirements . . . . . . . . . .56
Inspection Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Expansion Tank -
Maximum Loop Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Unit Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Installation - Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
General Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Installer-Supplied Components . . . . . . . . . .59
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Power Supply Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Installation - Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Control Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Location Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Heater Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Sound Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Partial Heat Recovery Power Supply . . . .61
Foundation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Water Pump Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Interconnecting Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Chilled Water Flow (Pump) Interlock . . . .61
Lifting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Chilled Water Pump Control . . . . . . . . . . .61
Unit Isolation and Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Chilled Water Pump Control —
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Field Supplied Dual Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Elastomeric Isolator Installation (optional) 30 Chilled Water Pump Control —
Seismically Rated Isolator Installation . . 30 Optional Pump Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Mounting Point Locations and Weights . 33 Alarm and Status Relay Outputs
(Programmable Relays) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Evaporator Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Low Voltage Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Drainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Evaporator Piping Components . . . . . . . 41
External Auto/Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Entering Chilled Water Piping . . . . . . . . . 42
Ice Building Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Leaving Chilled Water Piping . . . . . . . . . 42
External Chilled Water Setpoint (ECWS)
Water Strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Flow Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 External Demand Limit Setpoint (EDLS)
Evaporator Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

4 CG-SVX17G-EN
Table of Contents

ECWS and EDLS Analog Input Signal Wiring Binding View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Pre-Start Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Chilled Water Reset (CWR) . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Start-Up and Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Percent Capacity Output Option . . . . . . . 66
Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Communications Interface options . . . . . . 66
Seasonal Unit Start-Up Procedure . . . . . . .98
Tracer Communications Interface . . . . . . 66
Seasonal Unit Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
LonTalk Communications Interface for Chill-
ers (LCI-C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Sequence of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
BACnet Interface (BCI-C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Software Operation Overview . . . . . . . . .99
Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
CGAM Operating Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Power Up to Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Stopped to Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Base Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Normal Shutdown to Stopped . . . . . . . .101
Pump Package Components - Optional . 70
Buffer Tank Components - Optional . . . . 74 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Partial Heat Recovery Components . . . . 74 Recommended Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .102

Refrigerant Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Weekly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102

Oil System Operation (CGAM) . . . . . . . . . . 76 Monthly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102


Annual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Controls Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Refrigerant and Oil Charge Management 103
CH530 Communications Overview . . . . . . 77
Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
DynaView Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Display Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Oil Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Basic Screen Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Auto, Stop/Immediate Stop . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Condenser Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Condenser Coil Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Diagnostic Annunciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Manual Override Exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Evaporator Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Water Strainer Maintenance . . . . . . . . . .104
Main Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Chiller Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Pump Package Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .104
Rust Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Active Chilled Water Setpoint . . . . . . . . . 79
Other Active Setpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Password-Protected Settings . . . . . . . . . 80 Main Processor Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

Settings Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Sensor Failure Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Local Time of Day Schedule Screen . . . . . 82 Communication Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .113

Lockout Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Main Processor-


Boot Messages and Diagnostics . . . . . . . .116
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Unit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Power Up and Self Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Log and Check Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
TechView . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Unit View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Diagnostics View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Configuration View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Software View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

CG-SVX17G-EN 5
Model Number Descriptions
Nameplates Compressor Nameplate
The CGAM unit nameplates are applied to the exterior The compressor nameplate provides the following
surface of the control panel door for 20-70 Ton sizes. The information:
80-120 Ton sizes have a nameplate on a support beam to • Compressor model number.
the right side of the starter panel.
• Compressor serial number.
A compressor nameplate is located on each compressor.
• Compressor electrical characteristics.
See Figure 1.
• Utilization Range.
Unit Nameplate • Recommended refrigerant.

The unit nameplate provides the following information: Model Number Coding System
• Unit model and size descriptor.
The model numbers for the unit and the compressors are
• Unit serial number. comprised of numbers and letter which represent features
• Identifies unit electrical requirements. of the equipment.
• Lists correct operating charges of R-410A and See “Unit Model Number Description,” p. 7 and
refrigerant oil. “Compressor Model Number Description,” p. 8 for details.
• Lists unit design pressures. Each position, or group of positions, in a number or letter
• Identifies installation, operation and maintenance and is used to represent a feature. For example, from the chart,
service data literature. we can determine that the letter “F” in digit 8 of the unit
model number indicates unit voltage is 460/60/3.
• Lists drawing numbers for unit wiring diagrams.

Figure 1. Unit and compressor nameplates

CGAM Compressor Nameplate

CGAM Unit Nameplate

6 CG-SVX17G-EN
Model Number Descriptions
Unit Model Number Digit 19— Insulation
A = Factory Insulation - All Cold Parts
Digit 30— Unit Operator
Interface
Description B = Insulation for High Humidity/
Low EvapTemp
A = Dyna-View/English
Digit 31— Remote Interface
Digits 1-4— Chiller Model Digit 20— Factory Charge (Digital Comm)
CGAM= Air-Cooled Scroll Packaged 1 = Full Factory Refrigerant Charge X = No Remote Digital
Chiller (HFC R-410A) Communication
2 = Nitrogen Charge
Digits 5-7— Unit Nominal Ton 2 = LonTalk/Tracer Summit Interface
Digit 21— Evaporator 3 = Time of Day Scheduling
020 = 20Tons 4 = BACNet Interface
026 = 26Tons Application
030 = 30Tons A = Standard Cooling Digit 32— External Chilled/Hot
035 = 35Tons (42 to 65°F/5.5 to 18°C) Water and Current Demand
040 = 40Tons B = LowTemperature Processing Limit Setpoint
052 = 52Tons (lower than 42°F/5.5°C)
C = Ice-Making - Hardwired Interface X = No External Chilled Water
060 = 60Tons
(20 to 65°F/-7 to 18°C) Setpoint
070 = 70Tons
A = External Chilled Water and
080 = 80Tons Digit 22— Water Connections Demand Limit Setpoint 4-20mA
090 = 90Tons
1 = Grooved Pipe Connection B = External Chilled Water and
100 = 100Tons
Demand Limit Setpoint 2-10Vdc
110 = 110Tons Digit 23— Condenser Fin
120 = 120Tons Material Digit 33— Percent Capacity
130 = 130Tons X = Without % Capacity
A = Lanced Aluminum Fins
Digit 8— Unit Voltage C = Non-Lanced Copper Fins 1 = With % Capacity
A = 208 Volt 60 Hz 3 Phase D = Lanced Aluminum Fins Digit 34— Programmable Relays
B = 230 Volt 60 Hz 3 Phase w/ CompleteCoat™ X = No Programmable Relays
D = 380 Volt 60 Hz 3 Phase Digit 24— Condenser Heat A = Programmable Relays
E = 400 Volt 50 Hz 3 Phase
F = 460 Volt 60 Hz 3 Phase Recovery Digit 35— Pump Type
G = 575 Volt 60 Hz 3 Phase X = No Heat Recovery X = No Pumps and No Contactors
1 = Partial Heat Recovery with 8 = Dual High Head Pump
Digit 9— Manufacturing Plant Fan Control
2 = Pueblo, USA Digit 36— Pump Flow Control
Digit 25— Not Used X = No Pump Control
Digits 10-11— Design Sequence X B = Pump Flow Controlled by
** = Factory/ABU Assigned Variable Speed Drive
Digit 26— Starter Type
Digit 12— Unit Type A = Across the Line Starter/ Digit 37— Buffer Tank
2 = High Efficiency Direct on Line X = No BufferTank
3 = Extra Efficiency 1 = With BufferTank
Digit 27— Incoming Power Line
Digit 13— Agency Listing Connection Digit 38— Short Circuit Rating
X = No Agency Listing 1 = Single Point Power Connection X = No Short Circuit Rating
A = UL Listed to U.S. and A = Default A Short Circuit Rating
Canadian Safety Standard Digit 28— Power Line B = High A Short Circuit Rating
Digit 14— Pressure Vessel Code Connection Type
A = Terminal Block
Digit 39— Installation
X = No Pressure VesselCode Accessories
C = Circuit Breaker
Digit 15— Unit Application D = Circuit Breaker with High Fault X = No Installation Accessories
B = High Ambient (32-125°F/0-52°C) Rated Control Panel 1 = Elastomeric Isolators
D = Wide Ambient 3 = Seismically Rated Isolators
Digit 29— Enclosure Type
(0-125°F/-18-52°C) Digit 40— Water Strainer
1 = WaterTight (per UL 1995
Digit 16— Refrigerant Isolation Standard) A = With Water Strainer Factory
Valves Installed
2 = Refrigerant Isolation Valves Digit 41— Sound Attenuator
(Discharge Valve) Package
Digit 17— Seismically Rated 3 = Super Quiet
A = Not Seismically Rated Unit 5 = Comprehensive Acoustic
B = IBC Seismically Rated Unit Package
C = OSHPD Seismically Rated Unit Digit 42— Appearance Options
Digit 18— Freeze Protection X = No Appearance Options
(Factor-Installed Only) A = Architectural Louvered Panels
B = Half Louvers
X = Without Freeze Protection
1 = With Freeze Protection Digit 43— Exterior Finish
(ExternalT-Stat Control) 1 = Standard Paint

CG-SVX17G-EN 7
Model Number Descriptions

Digit 44— Label, Literature


Language
Compressor Model
B = Spanish Number Description
D = English
E = French and English Digits 1-4— Compressor Model
Digit 45— Phase Reversal CSHD= Light Commercial
Protection CSHN= Commercial
1 = Phase Reversal Protection Digits 5-7— Capacity
Digit 46— Shipping Package 125 = CSHD
X = No Skid (Standard) 161 = CSHD
A = Unit Containerization Package 184 = CSHN
250 = CSHN
Digit 47— Performance Test 315 = CSHN
Options 374 = CSHN
X = No PerformanceTest Digit 8— Voltage
2 = 1 PointTest with Report
3 = WitnessTest with Report J = 200-230/60/3
K = 460/60/3 - 400/50/3
Digit 48— Flow Switch Set Point F = 230/50/3
C = Flow Switch Set Point 15 D = 575/60/3
F = Flow Switch Set Point 35 X = 380/60/3
H = Flow Switch Set Point 45 Digit 9— Unloading
L = Flow Switch Set Point 60
0 = No Unloading
Digit 49— Not Used
Digit 10 — Design Sequence
X
Factory Assigned
Digit 50— Specials
Digit 11— Protection Module
X = None
S = Special Voltage
0= Internal Line Break
Note: If a digit is not defined it may be A= 115 VAC
held for future use. B= 230 VAC
H= 24 VAC
K= 115/230 VAC
Digit 12— Basic Compressor
Variation
M= Suction & DischargeTube, Oil
Equalizer with Seal Nut, Grade 32 POE oill

8 CG-SVX17G-EN
General Information
Unit Description
Figure 3. CGAM “V” 40-70 ton configuration
The CGAM units are scroll type, air-cooled, liquid chillers,
designed for installation outdoors. The 20-35 ton units
have a single independent refrigerant circuit, with two
compressors per circuit. The 40 ton and larger units have
2 independent refrigerant circuits, with two compressors
per circuit. The CGAM units are packaged with an
evaporator and condenser.
Note: Each CGAM unit is a completely assembled,
hermetic -compressors packaged unit that is
factory-piped, wired, leak-tested, dehydrated,
charged and tested for proper control operations
prior to shipment. The chilled water inlet and outlet
openings are covered for shipment.
The CGAM series features Trane's exclusive Adaptive
Control logic with CH530 controls. It monitors the control
variables that govern the operation of the chiller unit.
Adaptive Control logic can correct these variables, when
necessary, to optimize operational efficiencies, avoid
chiller shutdown, and keep producing chilled water.
Each refrigerant circuit is provided with filter, sight glass,
electronic expansion valve, and charging valves on the
CGAM.
Figure 4. CGAM “W” 80-130 ton configuration
The evaporator is a brazed plate heat exchanger which is
equipped with a water drain and vent connections in the
water piping.The condenser is an air-cooled slit fin coil.
The condensers are available in three configurations
depending on the tonnage of the unit. Units may be
referred to the size by the condenser configuration. The
three configurations are slant, V and W.

Figure 2. CGAM slant 20-35 ton configuration

CG-SVX17G-EN 9
General Information

Accessory/Options Information
Figure 6. Ship with location — isolator and prop rod
Check all the accessories and loose parts which are V 40-70 ton -
shipped with the unit against the original order. Included
in these items will be water vessel drain plugs, rigging
diagrams, electrical diagrams, and service literature,
which are placed inside the control panel and/or starter
panel for shipment. Also check for optional components,
such as isolators.
The unit isolators and fan prop rod ship on brackets
attached to the frame of the unit. The location varies by
unit tonnage. The following figures show the location of
these ship with items for the different sizes.

Figure 5. Ship with location - isolators and prop rod


Slant 20-35 ton

Elastomeric
Isolators Prop Rod

Elastomeric
solators

Prop Rod

Seismic Isolators

Seismic Isolators

10 CG-SVX17G-EN
General Information

Figure 7. hip with location — isolator and prop rod


W 80-130 ton - s

Prop Rod

Elastomeric Isolators

Seismic Isolators

CG-SVX17G-EN 11
General Information

General Data
Table 1. General data - 60 Hz - high efficiency - IP

Size 20 26 30 35 40 52 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130


Compressor
Number # 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6
20+20
Tonnage/circuit¹ 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20 20+20 20+25 25+25 25+30 30+30
+25
Evaporator
Water storage (gal) 1.4 2.2 2.2 3.2 2.4 4.1 5.0 7.5 7.0 9.0 10.3 11.5 11.5 12.3
Min. flow (gpm) 30 38 42 50 57 74 84 100 115 129 145 157 170 184
Max. flow (gpm) 69 89 100 117 136 176 201 238 275 307 346 375 407 440
Water connection (in) 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4
Condenser
Quantity of coils # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
Coil length (in) 91 91 127 127 91 91 127 127 121 121 144 144 144 180
Coil height (in) 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 42 42 42 42 42 42
Number of rows # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Fan
Quantity # 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10
Diameter (in) 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8
Airflow per fan (cfm) 9413 9420 9168 9173 9413 9420 9168 9173 9470 9472 9094 9096 9098 9094
Power per motor (HP) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
Motor RPM (rpm) 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840
Tip speed (ft/min) 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333
General Unit
Refrig circuits # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
15-31-
25-50- 25-50- 25-50- 21-43- 25-50- 22-44- 25-50- 23-45- 25-50-
Capacity steps % 50-100 50-100 50-100 43-100 46-62-
75-100 75-100 75-100 71-100 75-100 72-100 75-100 73-100 75-100
81-100
Refrig charge/circuit ¹ (lbs) 32 34 44 48 32 32 44 48 74 78 90 91.5 86 112
Oil charge/circuit¹ (gal) 1.7 1.7 1.9 3.5 1.7 1.7 1.9 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.7 3.8 5.8
Min ambient - wide (°F) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Min ambient - high (°F) 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Pump Package
Avail head pressure² (ft H2O) 78.2 77.7 71.1 67.6 67.1 58.6 76.7 63.5 82.0 78.1 69.0 61.9 71.3 62.2
Power (HP) 5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 15 15
Expansion tank
(gal) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6
volume
Buffer tank volume (gal) 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 152 152 195 195 195 195
Partial Heat Recovery
Water storage/circuit¹ (gal) 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.06 0.06
Max flow (gpm) 39 39 39 39 78 78 78 78 127 127 127 127 127 127
Water connection (in) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Notes:
1. Data shown for circuit one only. The second circuits always matches.
2. Pump available head pressure is based on: 44/54°F evaporator with water, .0001 hr-ft²-°F/Btu, 95°F ambient and 0 ft elevation.
3. When facing the control panel, circuit 1 is on the right side of unit.
4. See Table 34, p. 57 for maximum loop volumes with pump package expansion tank.

12 CG-SVX17G-EN
General Information

Table 2. General data - 60 Hz - high efficiency - SI

Size 20 26 30 35 40 52 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130


Compressor
Number # 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6
20+20
Tonnage/circuit¹ 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20 20+20 20+25 25+25 25+30 30+30
+25
Evaporator
Water storage (l) 5.3 8.3 8.3 12.1 9.1 15.5 18.9 28.4 26.5 34.1 39.0 43.5 43.5 46.6
Min. flow (l/s) 1.8 2.3 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.6 5.3 6.3 7.2 8.1 9.1 9.9 10.7 11.6
Max. flow (l/s) 4.4 5.6 6.3 7.4 8.6 11.1 12.7 15.1 17.4 19.4 21.9 23.7 25.7 27.8
Water connection (mm) 50.8 63.5 63.5 63.5 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 101.6 101.6 101.6 101.6 101.6 101.6
Condenser
Qty of coils # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
Coil length (mm) 2311 2311 3226 3226 2311 2311 3226 3226 3073 3073 3658 3658 3658 4572
Coil height (mm) 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067
Number of rows # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Fan
Quantity # 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 6 4 6 8 8 8 10
Diameter (mm) 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732
(m³/
Airflow per fan 15993 16005 15577 15585 15993 16005 15577 15585 16090 16093 15451 15454 15458 15451
h)
Power per motor (HP) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
Motor RPM (rpm) 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840
Tip speed (m/s) 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
General Unit
Refrig circuits # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
15-31-
25-50- 25-50- 25-50- 21-43- 25-50- 22-44- 25-50- 23-45- 25-50-
Capacity steps % 50-100 50-100 50-100 43-100 46-62-
75-100 75-100 75-100 71-100 75-100 72-100 75-100 73-100 75-100
81-100
Refrig charge/circuit¹ (kg) 14.5 15.4 20 21.8 14.5 14.5 20 21.8 33.6 35.4 40.8 41.5 39.0 50.8
Oil charge /circuit¹ (l) 6.6 6.6 7.2 13.4 6.6 6.6 7.2 13.4 13.4 13.4 13.4 13.9 14.4 22.0
Min ambient - wide (°C) -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18
Min ambient - high (°C) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Pump Package
Avail head pressure² (kPa) 233.7 232.3 212.6 202.1 200.6 175.0 229.2 189.7 245.1 233.3 206.3 185.0 213.1 185.8
Power (HP) 5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 7.5 10 10 10 10 15 15
Expansion tank
(l) 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.9 22.7 22.7 22.7 22.7 22.7 22.7
volume
Buffer tank volume (l) 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 575 575 727 727 727 727
Partial Heat Recovery
Water storage/circuit¹ (l) 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.11 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.11 0.12 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.21 0.21
Max flow (l/s) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
Water connection (mm) 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 63.5 63.5 63.5 63.5 63.5 63.5
Notes:
1. Data shown for circuit one only. The second circuit always matches.
2. Pump available head pressure is based on: 6.7/12.2°C evaporator with water, .01761 m²°C/kW, 35°C ambient and 0 m elevation.
3. When facing the control panel, circuit 1 is on the right side of unit.
4. See Table 35, p. 58 for maximum loop volumes with pump package expansion tank.

CG-SVX17G-EN 13
General Information

Table 3. General data - 50 Hz - high efficiency - IP

Size 20 26 30 35 40 52 60 70 80 90 100 110 120


Compressor
Number # 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Tonnage/circuit¹ 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20 20+20 20+25 25+25 25+30 30+30
Evaporator
Water storage (gal) 1.4 2.2 2.2 3.2 2.4 4.1 5.0 7.5 7.0 9.0 10.3 11.5 11.5
Min. flow (gpm) 25 32 36 41 48 62 71 83 97 109 123 133 142
Max. flow (gpm) 59 75 85 98 115 149 170 199 234 262 296 319 341
Water connection (in) 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4
Condenser
Quantity of coils # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4
Coil length (in) 91 91 127 127 91 91 127 127 121 121 144 144 144
Coil height (in) 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 42 42 42 42 42
Number of rows # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Fan
Quantity # 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8
Diameter (in) 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8
Airflow/fan (cfm) 7796 7783 7587 7590 7795 7801 7587 7590 7827 7829 7503 7505 7506
Power/motor (HP) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
Motor RPM (rpm) 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700
(ft/
Tip speed 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278
min)
General Unit
Refrig circuits # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
25-50- 25-50- 25-50- 21-43- 25-50- 22-44- 25-50- 23-45- 25-50-
Capacity steps % 50-100 50-100 50-100 43-100
75-100 75-100 75-100 71-100 75-100 72-100 75-100 73-100 75-100
Refrig charge/circuit¹ (lbs) 34 34 44 48 32 32 44 48 74 78 82 86 84
Oil charge/circuit¹ (gal) 1.7 1.7 1.9 3.5 1.7 1.7 1.9 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.7 3.8
Min ambient - wide (°F) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Min ambient - high (°F) 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Partial Heat Recovery
Water storage/circuit¹ (gal) 0.02 0.02 0.02 .02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04
Max flow (gpm) 39 39 39 39 78 78 78 78 127 127 127 127 127
Water connection (in) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Notes:
1. Data shown for circuit one only. The second circuits always matches.
2. When facing the control panel, circuit 1 is on the right side of unit.

14 CG-SVX17G-EN
General Information

Table 4. General data - 50 Hz - high efficiency - SI

Size 20 26 30 35 40 52 60 70 80 90 100 110 120


Compressor
Number # 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Tonnage/circuit¹ 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20 20+20 20+25 25+25 25+30 30+30
Evaporator
Water storage (l) 5.3 8.3 8.3 12.1 9.1 15.5 18.9 28.4 26.5 34.1 39.0 43.5 43.5
Min. flow (l/s) 1.6 2.0 2.2 2.6 3.0 3.9 4.4 5.2 6.1 6.8 7.7 8.3 8.9
Max. flow (l/s) 3.7 4.8 5.4 6.2 7.3 9.4 10.8 12.6 14.8 16.5 18.7 20.2 21.6
Water connection (mm) 50.8 63.5 63.5 63.5 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 101.6 101.6 101.6 101.6 101.6
Condenser
Quantity of coils # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4
Coil length (mm) 2311 2311 3226 3226 2311 2311 3226 3226 3073 3073 3658 3658 3658
Coil height (mm) 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1067 1067 1067 1067 1067
Number of rows # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Fan
Quantity # 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8
Diameter (mm) 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732
(m³/
Airflow/fan 13245 13223 12890 12895 13244 13254 12890 12895 13298 13302 12748 12751 12753
h)
Power/motor (HP) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
Motor RPM (rpm) 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700
Tip speed (m/s) 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8
General Unit
Refrig circuits # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
25-50- 25-50- 25-50- 21-43- 25-50- 22-44- 25-50- 23-45- 25-50-
Capacity steps % 50-100 50-100 50-100 43-100
75-100 75-100 75-100 71-100 75-100 72-100 75-100 73-100 75-100
Refrig charge/circuit¹ (kg) 15.4 15.4 20 21.8 14.5 14.5 20 21.8 33.6 35.4 37.2 39.0 38.1
Oil charge/circuit ¹ (l) 6.6 6.6 7.2 13.4 6.6 6.6 7.2 13.4 13.4 13.4 13.4 13.9 14.4
Min ambient - wide (°C) -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18
Min ambient - high (°C) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Partial Heat Recovery
Water storage/circuit¹ (l) 0.07 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.07 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.16 0.16
Max flow (l/s) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
Water connection (mm) 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 63.5 63.5 63.5 63.5 63.5
Notes:
1. Data shown for circuit one only. The second circuits always matches.
2. When facing the control panel, circuit 1 is on the right side of unit.

CG-SVX17G-EN 15
General Information

Table 5. General data - 60 Hz - extra efficiency - IP

Size 20 26 30 35 40 52 60 70
Compressor
Number # 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4
Tonnage/circuit¹ 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20
Evaporator
Water storage (gal) 1.4 2.2 2.2 3.2 2.4 4.1 5.0 7.5
Min. flow (gpm) 30 38 42 50 57 74 84 100
Max. flow (gpm) 69 89 100 117 136 176 201 238
Water connection (in) 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3
Condenser
Quantity of coils # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Coil length (in) 91 91 127 127 91 91 127 127
Coil height (in) 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68
Number of rows # 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Fan
Quantity # 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 6
Diameter (in) 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8
Airflow per fan (cfm) 9413 9420 9168 9173 9413 9420 9168 9173
Power per motor (HP) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
Motor RPM (rpm) 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840
Tip speed (ft/min) 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333 6333
General Unit
Refrig circuits # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Capacity steps % 50-100 50-100 50-100 43-100 25-50-75-100 25-50-75-100 25-50-75-100 21-43-71-100
Refrig charge/circuit ¹ (lbs) 45 48 68 68 42 42 66 62
Oil charge/circuit¹ (gal) 1.7 1.7 1.9 3.5 1.7 1.7 1.9 3.5
Min ambient - wide (°F) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Min ambient - high (°F) 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Pump Package
Avail head pressure² (ft H2O) 78.2 77.7 71.1 67.6 67.1 58.6 76.7 63.5
Power (HP) 5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 7.5
Expansion tank
(gal) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
volume
Buffer tank volume (gal) 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
Partial Heat Recovery
Water storage/circuit¹ (gal) 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03
Max flow (gpm) 39 39 39 39 78 78 78 78
Water connection (in) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Notes:
1. Data shown for circuit one only. The second circuits always matches.
2. Pump available head pressure is based on: 44/54°F evaporator with water, .0001 hr-ft²-°F/Btu, 95°F ambient and 0 ft elevation.
3. When facing the control panel, circuit 1 is on the right side of unit.
4. See Table 34, p. 57 for maximum loop volumes with pump package expansion tank.

16 CG-SVX17G-EN
General Information

Table 6. General data - 60 Hz - extra efficiency - SI

Size 20 26 30 35 40 52 60 70
Compressor
Number # 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4
Tonnage/circuit¹ 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20
Evaporator
Water storage (l) 5.3 8.3 8.3 12.1 9.1 15.5 18.9 28.4
Min. flow (l/s) 1.8 2.3 2.6 3.1 3.6 4.6 5.3 6.3
Max. flow (l/s) 4.4 5.6 6.3 7.4 8.6 11.1 12.7 15.1
Water connection (mm) 50.8 63.5 63.5 63.5 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2
Condenser
Qty of coils # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Coil length (mm) 2311 2311 3226 3226 2311 2311 3226 3226
Coil height (mm) 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727
Number of rows # 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Fan
Quantity # 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 6
Diameter (mm) 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732
(m³/
Airflow per fan 15993 16005 15577 15585 15993 16005 15577 15585
h)
Power per motor (HP) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
Motor RPM (rpm) 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840
Tip speed (m/s) 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
General Unit
Refrig circuits # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Capacity steps % 50-100 50-100 50-100 43-100 25-50-75-100 25-50-75-100 25-50-75-100 21-43-71-100
Refrig charge/circuit¹ (kg) 20.3 21.6 30.7 30.7 18.9 18.9 29.8 28.3
Oil charge /circuit¹ (l) 6.6 6.6 7.2 13.4 6.6 6.6 7.2 13.4
Min ambient - wide (°C) -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18
Min ambient - high (°C) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Pump Package
Avail head pressure² (kPa) 233.7 232.3 212.6 202.1 200.6 175.0 229.2 189.7
Power (HP) 5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 7.5
Expansion tank
(l) 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.9
volume
Buffer tank volume (l) 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530
Partial Heat Recovery
Water storage/circuit¹ (l) 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.11 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.11
Max flow (l/s) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Water connection (mm) 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1
Notes:
1. Data shown for circuit one only. The second circuit always matches.
2. Pump available head pressure is based on: 6.7/12.2°C evaporator with water, .01761 m²°C/kW, 35°C ambient and 0 m elevation.
3. When facing the control panel, circuit 1 is on the right side of unit.
See Table 35, p. 58 for maximum loop volumes with pump package expansion tank.

CG-SVX17G-EN 17
General Information

Table 7. General data - 50 Hz - extra efficiency - IP

Size 20 26 30 35 40 52 60 70
Compressor
Number # 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4
Tonnage/circuit¹ 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20
Evaporator
Water storage (gal) 1.4 2.2 2.2 3.2 2.4 4.1 5.0 7.5
Min. flow (gpm) 25 32 36 41 48 62 71 83
Max. flow (gpm) 59 75 85 98 115 149 170 199
Water connection (in) 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3
Condenser
Quantity of coils # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Coil length (in) 91 91 127 127 91 91 127 127
Coil height (in) 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68
Number of rows # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Fan
Quantity # 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 6
Diameter (in) 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8 28.8
Airflow/fan (cfm) 7796 7783 7587 7590 7795 7801 7587 7590
Power/motor (HP) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
Motor RPM (rpm) 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700
Tip speed (ft/min) 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278 5278
General Unit
Refrig circuits # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Capacity steps % 50-100 50-100 50-100 43-100 25-50-75-100 25-50-75-100 25-50-75-100 21-43-71-100
Refrig charge/circuit¹ (lbs) 48 48 68 68 42 42 62 62
Oil charge/circuit¹ (gal) 1.7 1.7 1.9 3.5 1.7 1.7 1.9 3.5
Min ambient - wide (°F) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Min ambient - high (°F) 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Partial Heat Recovery
Water storage/circuit¹ (gal) 0.02 0.02 0.02 .02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
Max flow (gpm) 39 39 39 39 78 78 78 78
Water connection (in) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Notes:
1. Data shown for circuit one only. The second circuits always matches.
2. When facing the control panel, circuit 1 is on the right side of unit.

18 CG-SVX17G-EN
General Information

Table 8. General data - 50 Hz - extra efficiency - SI

Size 20 26 30 35 40 52 60 70
Compressor
Number # 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4
Tonnage/circuit¹ 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20 10+10 13+13 15+15 15+20
Evaporator
Water storage (l) 5.3 8.3 8.3 12.1 9.1 15.5 18.9 28.4
Min. flow (l/s) 1.6 2.0 2.2 2.6 3.0 3.9 4.4 5.2
Max. flow (l/s) 3.7 4.8 5.4 6.2 7.3 9.4 10.8 12.6
Water connection (mm) 50.8 63.5 63.5 63.5 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2
Condenser
Quantity of coils # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Coil length (mm) 2311 2311 3226 3226 2311 2311 3226 3226
Coil height (mm) 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727
Number of rows # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Fins per foot (fpf) 192 192 192 192 192 192 192 192
Fan
Quantity # 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 6
Diameter (mm) 732 732 732 732 732 732 732 732
Airflow/fan (m³/h) 13245 13223 12890 12895 13244 13254 12890 12895
Power/motor (HP) 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
Motor RPM (rpm) 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700
Tip speed (m/s) 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8 26.8
General Unit
Refrig circuits # 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Capacity steps % 50-100 50-100 50-100 43-100 25-50-75-100 25-50-75-100 25-50-75-100 21-43-71-100
Refrig charge/circuit¹ (kg) 21.6 21.6 30.7 30.7 18.9 18.9 28.3 28.3
Oil charge/circuit ¹ (l) 6.6 6.6 7.2 13.4 6.6 6.6 7.2 13.4
Min ambient - wide (°C) -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18 -18
Min ambient - high (°C) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Partial Heat Recovery
Water storage/circuit¹ (l) 0.07 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.07 0.07 0.09 0.09
Max flow (l/s) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Water connection (mm) 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1 38.1
Notes:
1. Data shown for circuit one only. The second circuits always matches.
2. When facing the control panel, circuit 1 is on the right side of unit.

CG-SVX17G-EN 19
Pre-Installation
Inspection Checklist Note: Pressure will be approximately 20 psig if shipped
with the optional nitrogen charge.
When the unit is delivered, verify that it is the correct unit
and that it is properly equipped. Compare the information Installation Requirements
which appears on the unit nameplate with the ordering
and submittal information. A list of the contractor responsibilities typically associated
with the unit installation process is provided.
Inspect all exterior components for visible damage. Report
any apparent damage or material shortage to the carrier Trane Supplied
and make a “unit damage” notation on the carrier's Trane Field Field Supplied
delivery receipt. Specify the extent and type of damage Type Installed Installed Field Installed
found and notify the appropriateTrane Sales Office. • Meet foundation
Foundation
Do not proceed with installation of a damaged unit without requirements

sales office approval. • Safety chains


Rigging • Clevis connectors
To protect against loss due to damage incurred in transit, • Lifting beam
complete the following checklist upon receipt of the unit.
• Elastomeric
• Elastomeric isolators
• Inspect the individual pieces of the shipment before Isolation isolators
(optional)
(optional)
accepting the unit. Check for obvious damage to the
unit or packing material. • Circuit breakers (optional)
• Electrical connections to unit
• Inspect the unit for concealed damage as soon as mounted starter
possible after delivery and before it is stored. • Circuit • Wiring sizes per submittal
Concealed damage must be reported within 15 days. breakers and NEC
(optional) • Terminal lugs
Electrical
• If concealed damage is discovered, stop unpacking the • Unit • Ground connection(s)
shipment. Do not remove damaged material from the mounted • BAS wiring (optional)
starter • Control voltage wiring
receiving location.Take photos of the damage, if
• Chilled water pump contactor
possible.The owner must provide reasonable
and wiring including interlock
evidence that the damage did not occur after delivery. • Option relays and wiring
• Notify the carrier's terminal of the damage • Taps for thermometers and
immediately, by phone and by mail. Request an gauges
immediate, joint inspection of the damage with the • Flow • Thermometers
Water switch • Water flow pressure gauges
carrier and the consignee.
piping • Water • Isolation and balancing
• Notify theTrane sales representative and arrange for strainer valves in water piping
repair. Do not repair the unit, however, until damage is • Vents and drain
• Pressure relief valves
inspected by the carrier's representative.
• Insulation
• High
Unit Storage Insulation humidity • Insulation
insulation
If the chiller is to be stored in ambients of 32°F or less, (optional)
evaporator should be blown out to remove any liquid and Water
refrigerant isolation valves should be closed. Piping
• Grooved
Connection
pipe
If the chiller is to be stored for more than one month prior Componen
to installation, observe the following precautions: ts
• R-410A
• Do not remove the protective coverings from the refrigeran
electrical panel. t (1 lb.
max per
• Store the chiller in a dry, vibration-free, secure area. machine
• Units charged with refrigerant should not be stored as
Other needed)
where temperatures exceed 155°F. Materials • Dry
• At least every three months, attach a gauge and nitrogen
(20 psig
manually check the pressure in the refrigerant circuit. max per
If the refrigerant pressure is below 200 psig at 70 F (or machine
145 psig at 50 F), call a qualified service organization as
needed)
and the appropriateTrane sales office.

20 CG-SVX17G-EN
Dimensions and Weights
Clearance Dimensions
Figure 8. CGAM 20 and 26 ton — service clearances and mounting locations

Service and Airflow Clearance Mounting Locations


Distance from edge to
middle of mounting hole
1.5 in (38 mm) Hole dia .75 in (19mm)
23.6 in
(600 mm)
Door
swing 47.2 in Chilled water
(1199 mm)
connection side
Control
panel side
39.4 in
(1000 mm)

47.2 in (1200 mm) 21in (533 mm)


101.2 in (2570 mm)
31.5 in (800 mm)

More clearance may be needed for airflow Total of four mounting locations.
depending on the installation.

Figure 9. CGAM 30 and 35 ton — service clearances and mounting locations

Service and Airflow Clearance Mounting Locations


The number of fans shown does not represent Distance from edge to
the number of fans installed. middle of mounting hole
1.5 in (38 mm) Hole dia .75 in (19mm)
23.6 in
(600 mm)
Door
swing 47.2 in Chilled water
(1199 mm) connection side
Control
panel side
39.4 in
(1000 mm)

47.2 in (1200 mm) 21.9 in (556 mm)


39.5 in (1000 mm) 132.2 in (3358 mm)

More clearance may be needed for airflow Total of four mounting locations.
depending on the installation.

CG-SVX17G-EN 21
Dimensions and Weights

Figure 10. CGAM 40 and 52 ton — service clearances and mounting locations

Service and Airflow Clearance Mounting Locations


Distance from edge to
middle of mounting hole
1.5 in (38 mm) Hole dia .75 in (19mm)

39.4 in (1000 mm)

85.4 in
(2164 mm) Chilled water
Door
swing connection side
Control
panel side

39.4 in (1000 mm)


19.4 in (493 mm)
47.2 in (1200 mm) 31.5 in
(800 mm) 94 in (2388 mm)

More clearance may be needed for airflow Total of four mounting locations.
depending on the installation.

Figure 11. CGAM 60 and 70 ton - service clearances and mounting locations

Service and Airflow Clearance Mounting Locations


Distance from edge to
The number of fans shown does not represent middle of mounting hole
the number of fans installed.
1.5 in (38 mm) Hole dia .75 in (19mm)

39.4 in (1000 mm)

85.4 in
(2169 mm)
Door Chilled water
swing Control connection side
panel side

39.4 in(1000 mm)


19.4 in (493 mm)
47.2 in (1200 mm)
31.5 in (800 mm)
79.7 in (2024 mm)

129.8 in (3297 mm)

More clearance may be needed for airflow Total of six mounting locations.
depending on the installation.

22 CG-SVX17G-EN
Dimensions and Weights

Figure 12. CGAM 80 and 90 ton - service clearances and mounting locations

Service and Airflow Clearance Mounting Locations

Distance from edge to


middle of mounting hole
1.5 in (38 mm) Hole dia .75 in (19mm)
39.4 in (1000 mm)

85.9 in Chilled water


Door (2182 mm)
swing connection side
Control
panel side

39.4 in (1000 mm)


30.2 in (767 mm)
47.2 in 83.7 in (2126 mm)

(1200 mm) 39.4 in (1000 mm) 123.9 in (3147 mm)

More clearance may be need for airflow Total of six mounting location.
depending on the installation.

Figure 13. CGAM 100, 110 and 120 ton — service clearances and mounting locations

Service and Airflow Clearance Mounting Locations


The number of fans shown does not represent the
Distance from edge to
number of fans installed. middle of mounting hole
1.5 in (38 mm) Hole dia .75 in (19mm)
39.4 in (1000 mm)

85.9 in
Door (2181 mm) Chilled water
swing connection side
Control
panel side

39.4 in (1000 mm)


30.2 in (767 mm)
47.2 in 89.2 in (2266 mm)

(1200 mm) 39.4 in (1000 mm) 146.9 in (3731 mm)

More clearance may be needed for airflow Total of six mounting locations.
depending on the installation.

CG-SVX17G-EN 23
Weights

Weights
Table 9. Weights - 60 Hz

Base Unit Base Unit Base Unit Partial Heat


Without Pump With Pump With Pump and Buffer Tank Recovery - add
Copper -
Tons
Shipping Operating Shipping Operating Shipping Operating Shipping Operating add
lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg
High Efficiency
20 2185 991 2209 1002 2725 1236 2274 1031 3252 1475 3424 1553 40 18 24 11 258 117
26 2249 1020 2280 1034 2789 1265 2351 1066 3316 1504 3495 1585 40 18 31 14 258 117
30 2846 1291 2879 1306 3388 1537 2955 1340 3915 1776 4094 1857 46 21 35 16 359 163
35 2877 1305 2921 1325 3419 1551 3004 1363 3946 1790 4135 1876 46 21 44 20 359 163
40 3666 1663 3697 1677 4286 1944 3765 1708 4877 2212 4906 2225 95 43 33 15 516 234
52 3761 1706 3805 1726 4378 1986 3887 1763 4969 2254 5015 2275 95 43 49 22 516 234
60 4978 2258 5033 2283 5814 2637 5150 2336 6404 2905 6267 2843 110 50 60 27 719 326
70 5046 2289 5121 2323 5882 2668 5257 2385 6473 2936 6355 2883 110 50 79 36 719 326
80 5606 2543 5692 2582 6486 2942 5911 2681 7077 3210 7091 3217 170 77 90 41 1270 576
90 5860 2658 5961 2704 6737 3056 6196 2811 7328 3324 7360 3339 170 77 108 49 1270 576
100 6647 3015 6759 3066 7549 3424 7006 3178 8265 3749 8518 3864 179 81 119 54 1512 686
110 6724 3050 6845 3105 7628 3460 7102 3222 8344 3785 8605 3903 179 81 130 59 1512 686
120 6762 3067 6883 3122 8018 3637 7140 3239 8735 3962 8642 3920 179 81 132 60 1512 686
130 7754 3517 7899 3583 9006 4085 8176 3708 9722 4410 9653 4379 179 81 157 71 1889 857
Extra Efficiency
20 2258 1024 2281 1035 2798 1269 2347 1065 3325 1508 3497 1586 39 18 24 11 258 117
26 2322 1053 2351 1066 2863 1298 2424 1099 3389 1537 3567 1618 39 18 31 14 258 117
30 2945 1336 2979 1351 3487 1582 3054 1385 4014 1821 4194 1902 47 21 36 16 360 163
35 3023 1371 3065 1390 3565 1617 3150 1429 4092 1856 4280 1942 47 21 44 20 360 163
40 3812 1729 3843 1743 4431 2010 3910 1774 5022 2278 5052 2291 94 43 34 15 516 234
52 3959 1796 4004 1816 4578 2077 4086 1853 5169 2345 5213 2365 94 43 49 22 516 234
60 5177 2348 5232 2373 6013 2727 5348 2426 6604 2996 6466 2933 111 50 59 27 720 326
70 5118 2322 5194 2356 5954 2701 5330 2418 6545 2969 6428 2916 111 50 80 36 720 326
Notes:
1. Weights based on aluminum fins, refrigerant charge, isolators, circuit breakers and louvers.
2. Base unit weights are shown above on the left side for units without a pump package, units with a pump package and units with both pump package
buffer tank options. The partial heat recovery and copper weights are in addition to the base unit weights.
3. All weights ±3%.

24 CG-SVX17G-EN
Weights

Table 10. Weights - 50 Hz

Base Unit Partial Heat Recovery - add


Tons Shipping Operating Shipping Operating Copper - add
lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg
High Efficiency
20 2187 992 2210 1002 40 18 24 11 258 117
26 2249 1020 2278 1034 40 18 31 14 258 117
30 2846 1291 2880 1306 46 21 35 16 359 163
35 2878 1305 2920 1325 46 21 44 20 359 163
40 3666 1663 3697 1677 95 43 33 15 516 234
52 3761 1706 3806 1726 95 43 49 20 516 234
60 4978 2258 5033 2283 110 50 60 27 719 326
70 5045 2289 5121 2323 110 50 79 36 719 326
80 5607 2543 5692 2582 170 77 90 41 1270 576
90 5858 2657 5960 2703 170 77 108 49 1270 576
100 6630 3007 6743 3059 179 81 119 54 1512 686
110 6713 3045 6835 3100 179 81 130 59 1512 686
120 6758 3065 6880 3121 179 81 130 59 1512 686
Extra Efficiency
20 2260 1025 2283 1035 40 18 24 11 258 117
26 2322 1053 2351 1066 40 18 31 14 258 117
30 2945 1336 2979 1351 46 21 35 16 359 163
35 3023 1371 3065 1390 46 21 44 20 359 163
40 3812 1729 3843 1743 95 43 33 15 516 234
52 3959 1796 4004 1816 95 43 49 22 516 234
60 5177 2348 5232 2373 110 50 60 27 719 326
70 5118 2322 5194 2356 110 50 79 36 719 326
Notes:
1. Weights based on aluminum fins, refrigerant charge, isolators, circuit breakers and louvers.
2. The partial heat recovery and copper weights are in addition to the base unit weights.
3. All weights ±3%.

CG-SVX17G-EN 25
Installation - Mechanical
Location Requirements Lifting Procedure

Sound Considerations WARNING


• Refer toTrane Engineering Bulletin Chiller Sound Heavy Objects!
Ratings and Installation Guide CG-PRB010-EN for Ensure that all the lifting equipment used is properly
sound consideration applications. rated for the weight of the unit being lifted. Each of the
cables (chains or slings), hooks, and shackles used to
• Locate the unit away from sound-sensitive areas. lift the unit must be capable of supporting the entire
• Install the optional elastomeric isolators under the weight of the unit. Lifting cables (chains or slings) may
unit. Refer to “Unit Isolation.” not be of the same length. Adjust as necessary for even
unit lift. Other lifting arrangements could cause
• Chilled water piping should not be supported by chiller equipment or property damage. Failure to follow
frame. instructions above or properly lift unit could result in
• Install rubber vibration isolators in all water piping. unit dropping and possibly crushing operator/
technician which could result in death or serious injury.
• Seal all wall penetrations.
Note: Consult an acoustical engineer for critical
applications.
WARNING
Foundation
Improper Unit Lift!
Provide rigid, non-warping mounting pads or a concrete Test lift unit approximately 24 inches to verify proper
foundation of sufficient strength and mass to support the center of gravity lift point. To avoid dropping of unit,
applicable operating weight (i.e., including completed reposition lifting point if unit is not level. Failure to
piping, and full operating charges of refrigerant, oil and properly lift unit could result in unit dropping and
water). Refer to the chapter on “Unit Dimensions/Weights” possibly crushing operator/technician which could
for unit operating weights. Once in place, the unit must be result in death or serious injury and possible
level within 1/4” (6.4 mm) over its length and width.The equipment or property-only damage.
Trane Company is not responsible for equipment
problems resulting from an improperly designed or Lifting using either a single spreader bar or an H-type
constructed foundation. spreader is acceptable. Attach chains or cables to lifting
beam. Lifting beam crossbars MUST be positioned so
Clearances lifting cables do not contact the sides of the unit.

Provide enough space around the unit to allow the Important: The center of gravity (CG) is never at the
installation and maintenance personnel unrestricted midpoint of the base rail lifting strap holes.
access to all service points. Refer to submittal drawings for A level unit lift is required for a safe lift and
the unit dimensions, to provide sufficient clearance for the to prevent unit damage.
opening of control panel doors and unit service. Refer to Lifting a unit with equal length straps will NOT produce a
the chapter on “Unit Dimensions/Weights” for minimum level unit during the lift because the CG will not be at the
clearances. In all cases, local codes which require midpoint between the base lifting holes.The following
additional clearances will take precedence over these adjustments must be made to produce a level lift:
recommendations.
• Single spreader bar lifting method
• If the unit CG is closer to the control panel, the
Rigging straps on the control panel side of the spreader bar
Refer to Unit Dimensions/Weights section for typical unit must be adjusted to be shorter than those on the
lifting weights. Refer to the rigging label attached to the opposite side of the spreader bar, allowing the
unit for further details. spreader bar to move toward the control panel and
over the unit CG. Several adjustments of the strap
length may be required to produce a level unit
during lift.
• H-type spreader bar lifting method
• If the straps from the H bar to the unit base are the
same length, the crane lifting point on the center
web of the H bar must be adjusted to produce a level
unit lift. See Figure 14, p. 27 for illustration.

26 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Figure 14. H-type spreader bar adjustment Figure 16. CGAM V 40-70 ton rigging
for level unit lift

Crane lift point must move to


the unit CG to produce a level
unit lift

Crane lift point

“H” type spreader bar X Y

Lifting Straps to unit base


Figure 17. CGAM W 80-130 ton rigging

Figure 15. CGAM slant 20-35 ton rigging

Y
X

CG-SVX17G-EN 27
Installation - Mechanical

Table 11. CGAM center of gravity (in) - 60 Hz


Aluminum fins Copper fins
With Pump With Pump Pkg, With Pump With Pump Pkg,
Unit Base Unit Package Buffer Tank Base Unit Package Buffer Tank
(tons) X Y Z X Y Z X Y Z X Y Z X Y Z X Y Z
High Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 50 24 38 56 23 34 67 23 35 51 24 39 57 23 35 67 23 35
26 49 24 38 56 23 33 67 23 34 51 24 39 57 23 34 67 23 35
30 65 24 39 73 23 35 86 23 36 67 24 40 74 23 36 85 23 37
35 63 23 38 72 22 34 84 23 35 65 23 39 73 23 35 83 23 36
40 48 45 37 53 42 34 62 43 35 50 45 38 53 42 35 61 43 36
52 49 45 37 53 43 34 61 43 34 50 45 38 53 43 35 61 43 35
60 64 45 39 69 43 36 78 43 36 65 45 40 69 43 37 78 43 37
70 62 46 37 67 43 35 75 43 35 63 45 38 67 43 36 75 43 36
80 59 47 38 68 46 37 68 46 35 62 46 42 69 46 41 68 46 39
90 59 47 37 68 46 36 67 46 34 61 46 41 68 46 40 68 46 38
100 72 47 38 82 46 37 81 46 35 75 46 42 82 46 41 81 46 39
110 72 47 38 81 46 37 80 46 35 74 46 42 81 46 41 81 46 39
120 72 47 38 83 46 36 82 46 35 74 46 42 83 46 40 83 46 38
130 86 47 39 100 46 38 100 46 36 89 46 44 100 46 42 101 46 40
High Efficiency Units with Partial Heat Recovery
20 50 24 38 57 23 33 67 23 34 52 24 39 57 23 35 67 24 35
26 50 24 37 56 23 33 67 23 34 51 24 38 57 23 34 67 23 35
30 65 24 39 73 23 35 86 24 35 67 24 40 74 23 36 85 24 36
35 63 23 37 71 23 34 83 23 34 65 23 38 73 23 35 83 23 35
40 50 45 37 54 42 34 62 43 35 51 45 38 54 43 35 62 43 36
52 50 45 37 54 43 34 62 43 35 51 45 38 54 43 35 62 43 35
60 65 45 40 70 43 36 79 43 37 67 45 40 71 43 37 79 43 37
70 63 46 38 68 43 35 76 43 35 65 45 38 69 43 36 76 43 36
80 58 47 38 67 46 37 67 46 35 61 46 42 68 46 41 67 46 39
90 58 47 37 67 46 36 66 46 35 60 46 41 67 46 40 67 46 39
100 71 47 38 80 46 37 79 46 35 73 46 42 81 46 41 80 46 39
110 71 47 38 80 46 37 79 46 35 73 46 42 80 46 41 80 46 39
120 70 47 38 82 46 36 81 46 35 73 46 42 82 46 40 82 46 39
130 84 46 39 98 46 38 99 46 36 88 46 44 99 46 42 100 46 40
Extra Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 50 24 39 57 23 34 67 23 35 52 24 40 58 23 36 67 23 36
26 50 24 38 56 23 34 67 23 35 52 24 39 57 23 35 67 23 36
30 65 24 39 74 23 35 86 23 36 68 24 41 75 23 37 85 23 37
35 64 23 38 72 23 34 83 23 35 67 23 39 73 23 36 83 23 36
40 49 45 37 53 42 34 61 43 35 50 45 38 54 43 36 61 43 36
52 49 45 37 53 43 34 61 43 35 50 45 38 54 43 35 61 43 36
60 64 45 40 69 43 36 78 43 37 66 45 40 70 43 38 77 43 38
70 62 45 38 67 43 35 75 43 35 64 45 39 68 43 36 75 44 36
Extra Efficiency Units with Partial Heat Recovery
20 51 24 38 57 23 34 67 23 35 53 24 39 58 23 35 67 24 36
26 50 24 38 56 23 33 67 23 34 52 24 39 57 23 35 67 23 35
30 65 24 39 74 23 35 86 24 36 68 24 40 75 23 37 85 24 37
35 64 23 37 72 23 34 83 23 35 67 24 39 73 23 36 83 23 36
40 50 45 38 54 42 35 62 43 35 51 45 39 55 43 36 62 43 36
52 50 45 37 54 43 34 62 43 35 51 45 38 55 43 36 61 43 36
60 66 45 40 70 43 37 79 43 37 68 45 40 71 43 38 78 43 38
70 64 45 38 68 43 35 76 43 35 66 45 39 69 43 36 76 44 37

28 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Table 12. CGAM center of gravity (in) - 50 Hz


Aluminum fins Copper fins
With Pump With Pump Pkg, With Pump With Pump Pkg,
Unit Base Unit Package Buffer Tank Base Unit Package Buffer Tank
(tons) X Y Z X Y Z X Y Z X Y Z X Y Z X Y Z
Units without partial heat recovery
20 49 24 38 54 23 35 66 23 35 51 24 39 55 23 36 66 23 36
26 49 24 38 54 23 34 66 23 35 51 24 39 55 23 35 66 23 36
30 65 24 39 71 23 36 84 23 36 67 24 40 72 23 37 84 24 37
35 63 23 38 69 23 35 82 23 35 65 23 39 71 23 36 82 23 36
40 48 45 37 52 43 35 61 43 35 50 45 38 52 43 36 60 43 36
52 49 45 37 52 43 34 61 43 35 50 45 38 53 43 35 60 43 36
60 64 45 39 69 43 36 78 43 36 65 45 40 70 43 37 78 43 37
70 62 46 37 67 43 34 76 43 35 63 45 38 68 43 35 76 43 36
80 59 47 38 68 46 37 67 46 35 62 46 42 69 46 41 68 46 39
90 59 47 37 67 46 36 67 46 35 61 46 41 68 46 40 67 46 38
100 72 47 38 81 46 37 80 46 35 74 46 42 81 46 41 80 46 39
110 72 47 38 81 46 37 80 46 35 74 46 42 81 46 41 80 46 39
120 72 47 38 82 46 36 81 46 35 74 46 42 82 46 40 81 46 39
Units with partial heat recovery
20 49 24 38 54 23 34 66 24 35 51 24 39 55 23 35 66 24 36
26 50 24 37 54 23 34 66 23 35 51 24 38 55 23 35 66 24 36
30 65 24 39 71 23 36 84 24 36 67 24 40 72 24 37 84 24 37
35 63 23 37 69 23 34 82 23 35 65 23 38 71 23 35 82 23 36
40 50 45 37 53 43 35 62 43 35 51 45 38 53 43 36 61 43 36
52 50 45 37 53 43 35 62 43 35 51 45 38 54 43 35 61 43 36
60 65 45 40 71 43 36 80 43 36 67 45 40 71 43 37 79 43 37
70 63 46 38 69 43 35 77 43 35 65 45 38 69 43 35 77 43 36
80 58 47 38 67 46 37 66 46 35 61 46 42 68 46 41 67 46 39
90 58 47 37 66 46 36 66 46 35 60 46 41 67 46 40 67 46 39
100 70 47 38 79 46 37 79 46 36 73 46 42 80 46 41 79 46 39
110 70 47 38 79 46 37 79 46 35 73 46 42 80 46 41 79 46 39
120 70 47 38 80 46 37 80 46 35 73 46 42 81 46 40 80 46 39
Extra Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 50 24 39 57 23 34 67 23 35 52 24 40 58 23 36 67 23 36
26 50 24 38 56 23 34 67 23 35 52 24 39 57 23 35 67 23 36
30 65 24 39 74 23 35 86 23 36 68 24 41 75 23 37 85 23 37
35 64 23 38 72 23 34 83 23 35 67 23 39 73 23 36 83 23 36
40 49 45 37 53 42 34 61 43 35 50 45 38 54 43 36 61 43 36
52 49 45 37 53 43 34 61 43 35 50 45 38 54 43 35 61 43 36
60 64 45 40 69 43 36 78 43 37 66 45 40 70 43 38 77 43 38
70 62 45 38 67 43 35 75 43 35 64 45 39 68 43 36 75 44 36
Extra Efficiency Units with Partial Heat Recovery
20 51 24 38 57 23 34 67 23 35 53 24 39 58 23 35 67 24 36
26 50 24 38 56 23 33 67 23 34 52 24 39 57 23 35 67 23 35
30 65 24 39 74 23 35 86 24 36 68 24 40 75 23 37 85 24 37
35 64 23 37 72 23 34 83 23 35 67 24 39 73 23 36 83 23 36
40 50 45 38 54 42 35 62 43 35 51 45 39 55 43 36 62 43 36
52 50 45 37 54 43 34 62 43 35 51 45 38 55 43 36 61 43 36
60 66 45 40 70 43 37 79 43 37 68 45 40 71 43 38 78 43 38
70 64 45 38 68 43 35 76 43 35 66 45 39 69 43 36 76 44 37

CG-SVX17G-EN 29
Installation - Mechanical

Unit Isolation and Leveling Table 13. CGAM elastomeric rated isolator
Max Load Maximum
Mounting Ext (lbs) Color Deflection (in) Type

Construct an isolated concrete pad for the unit or provide 61 1500 Brown

concrete footings at each of the four unit mounting points. 62 2250 Red
0.50 RDP4-WR
Mount the unit directly to the concrete pads or footings. 63 3000 Green

Level the unit using the base rail as a reference. The unit 64 4000 Gray
must be level within 1/4” over the entire length. Use shims Ext A B C D E H L M W
as necessary to level the unit. 57
58
Elastomeric Isolator Installation (optional) 2.5 .5 4.12 .56 .25 2.88 5.5 1.13 3.38
59
Install the optional neoprene isolators at each mounting
60
location. Isolators are identified by part number and color.
61
1. Secure the isolators to the mounting surface, using the
62 1.60
mounting slots in the isolator base plate, as shown in 3.0 .5 5.0 .56 .38 2.75 6.25 4.63
63 ±.25
Figure 18. Do not fully tighten the isolator mounting
bolts at this time. 64

2. Align the mounting holes in the base of the unit, with


the threaded positioning pins on the top of isolators.
Seismically Rated Isolator Installation
3. Lower the unit on to the isolators and secure the
isolator to the unit with a nut. Level the unit carefully. Seismically rated isolators are required for OSHPD and
Refer to “Leveling”. Fully tighten the isolator mounting IBC seismically rated units.
bolts. Isolators are identified by part number and color. See
Table 14, p. 30. For dimensions, see Figure 19 and
Figure 18. CGAM elastomeric isolator Figure 20, p. 31. Install the optional seismically rated
isolators at each mounting location .

B NC TAP L
C
Table 14. CGAM seismically rated isolator
1/2-13NC-2B
1/2-13
D Dia 2 Holes
Rated Rated Spring
W
Load Deflection Rate
Model (lbs) (in) (lbs/in) Color Code
W
D
MSSH-1E-530N 530 1.17 453 Black/Dk Blue
C

L MSSH-1E-825N 825 1.07 769 Red/ Dk Blue


Mounting molded in Neoprene Mounting molded in Neoprene MSSH-1E-1000 1000 1.00 1000 Tan
A
A M2SS-1E-800 800 1.32 606 Black
M2SS-1E-1060N 1060 1.17 906 Black/Dk Blue
H H
H H
E M2SS-1E-1300 1300 1.05 1240 Red
E
M2SS-1E-1650N 1650 1.07 1538 Red/Dk Blue
M2SS-1E-2000 2000 1.00 2000 Tan

« B » Dia M2SS-1E-2400N 2400 1.04 2300 Tan/Dk Blue


RP/RDP
«M»

Table 13. CGAM elastomeric rated isolator


Max Load Maximum
Ext (lbs) Color Deflection (in) Type
57 250 Black
58 525 Red
0.50 RDP3-WR
59 750 Green
60 1100 Gray

30 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Figure 19. MSSH seismically rated isolator Figure 20. M2SS seismically rated isolator
1 1/2 11 1/4
8 1 1/8 5/8 EQUIPMENT
5/8 EQUIPMENT CLAMP DOWN NUT
13/16 DIA HOLE FOR
CLAMP DOWN NUT
ATTACHMENT TO 13/16 DIA HOLE FOR
CONCRETE (4 TYP) ATTACHMENT TO
CONCRETE (4 TYP)

2 1/4
2 1/4 (BASE PLATE) 6 1/4
3/4 DIA HOLE FOR
2
6 1/4 ATTACHMENT TO
STEEL (4 TYP)
(VIEW CUT AWAY FOR CLAR
2 7/8
(BASE PLATE)
3/4 DIA HOLE FOR
2 7/8 7/8
ATTACHMENT TO
STEEL (4 TYP)
7/8 (VIEW CUT AWAY FOR CLARITY
7 1/8

1 1/2 7 1/4

CUSTOMER
STEEL SHIM EQUIPMENT CUSTOMER STEEL SHIM
ELASTOMERIC 5/8 ADJUSTING NUT
(REMOVE AFTER EQUIPMENT (REMOVE AFTER
5/8 ADJUSTING (2 TYP)
SPRING ADJUSTMENT) SNUBBER 3/8 GAP SPRING ADJUSTMENT)
NUT
3/8 GAP ELASTOMERIC
SNUBBER

1/4 - 3/8
1/4 - 3/8

PVC
PVC 7 1/4
BUSHING
FREE &
BUSHING TOP
OPERATING
HEIGHT COMPRESSION CUP
8
TOP (2 TYP)
FREE &
OPERATING COMPRESSION ELASTOMERIC
HEIGHT CUP CUP

ELASTOMERIC
CUP 14 1/4

4 3/4
CUSTOMER
10 1/4 EQUIPMENT
(1/2)

CUSTOMER
EQUIPMENT
5 3/4

1/2 LIMIT STOP


(1/2)
(NOT SHOWN
IN TOP VIEW
FOR CLARITY)
SHIPPING SPACER
REMOVAL STRAP (3/8)
(NOT SHOWN
IN OTHER VIEW
FOR CLARITY)
8

1/2 LIMIT STOP


(NOT SHOWN
IN TOP VIEW
FOR CLARITY)

(3/8)

CG-SVX17G-EN 31
Installation - Mechanical

1. Set isolators on mounting surface, ensuring that all


Installation of Seismically Rated Isolators isolator centerlines match the submittal drawing. All
isolator base plates (B) must be installed on a level
See Figure 21 and Figure 22, p. 32 for reference. surface. Shim or grout as required, leveling all isolat(or
base plates at the same elevation.
Figure 21. MSSH seismic isolator installation reference
2. Anchor all isolators to the surface using thru holes (C)
("I")
("H")
CUSTOMER
for concrete or (D) for steel as require. Welding to steel
EQUIPMENT
is permitted providing the weld achieves the required
("E") ("A") ("G") ("E") strength.
GROMMET
3. Remove clamp down nut (H) and washer (I). Isolators
1/4 - 3/8 are shipped with (2) removable spacer shims (E)
between the top plate and the housing.
WASHER
("F") Important: These shims MUST be in place when the
equipment is positioned over the isolators.
4. With all shims (E) in place, place the equipment onto
the top plate (A) of the isolators.
5. Bolt equipment securely to the isolators using doubler
("B")
plate (included in isolator kit), washer (I) and nut (H) as
("H")
("I") shown in Figure 23, p. 32.
CUSTOMER
EQUIPMENT
Figure 23. Seismic isolator installation detail
("A") ("E")

Screw
Nut
("F")
Washer
Doubler
G rail Plate

Isolator
("C") ("D") ("C")
(top
Figure 22. M2SS seismic isolator installation reference panel)
("H")
("I") CUSTOMER
("A")
EQUIPMENT
("E") ("E")
("G") ("G")

GROMMET
Important: The following adjustment process can only
begin after the equipment or machine is at
1/4 - 3/8
its full operating weight.
WASHER
("F") 6. Back off each of the (2) or (4) limit stop locknuts (F) per
isolator 1/4-3/8”.
7. Adjust each isolator in sequence by turning adjusting
nut(s) (G) one full clockwise turn at a time. Repeat this
procedure on all isolators, one at a time. check the limit
("H")
("B")
stop locknuts (F) periodically to ensure that clearance
("I") CUSTOMER
EQUIPMENT between the washer and rubber grommet is
("A")

("E")
maintained. Stop adjustment of an isolator only when
the top plate (A) has risen just above the shim (E).
8. Remove all spacer shims (E).
9. Fine adjust isolators to level equipment.
("F")
10. Adjust all limit stop locknuts (F) per isolator to obtain 3/
8” gap. the limit stop nuts must be kept at this 3/8” gap
to ensure uniform bolt loading during uplift.

("C") ("D") ("C")

32 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Mounting Point Locations and Weights

Figure 24. Mounting point locations

2 4 2 4 6

Control Panel
Control Panel

1 3 1 3 5

2 4 6 8
Control Panel

1 3 5 7

Table 15. Elastomeric isolator locations - base unit - with or without partial heat recovery
Location
Size (ton) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RDP-3 RDP-3 RDP-3 RDP-3
20-26 - - - -
Grey 60 Grey 60 Grey 60 Grey 60
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-3 RDP-3
30-35 - - - -
Brown 61 Brown 61 Grey 60 Grey 60
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4
40-52 - - - -
Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-3 RDP-4 RDP-3 RDP-3
60-70 - -
Red 62 Red 62 Gray 60 Brown 61 Gray 60 Gray 60
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-3 RDP-3
80-120 - -
Red 62 Green 63 Red 62 Red 62 Gray 60 Gray 60
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-3 RDP-3
130
Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Grey 60 Grey 60

Table 16. Elastomeric isolator locations — with pump package (with or without partial heat recovery)
Location
Size (ton) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RDP-4 RDP-3 RDP-3 RDP-3
20-26 - - - -
Brown 61 Grey 60 Grey 60 Grey 60
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4
30-35 - - - -
Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61 Brown 61
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4
40-52 - - - -
Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4
60-90 - -
Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4
100-120 - -
Green 63 Green 63 Green 63 Green 63 Green 63 Green 63
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4
130
Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62

CG-SVX17G-EN 33
Installation - Mechanical

Table 17. Elastomeric isolator locations — with pump package and buffer tank option
(with or without partial heat recovery)

Location
Size (ton) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RDP-3 RDP-3 RDP-4 RDP-4
20-35 - - - -
Grey 60 Grey 60 Green 63 Green 63
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4
40-52 - - - -
Brown 61 Brown 61 Grey 64 Grey 64
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4
60-70 - -
Brown 61 Brown 61 Green 63 Green 63 Green 63 Green 63
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4
80-90 - -
Green 63 Green 63 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62 Red 62
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4
100-120 - -
Grey 64 Grey 64 Green 63 Green 63 Green 63 Green 63
RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4 RDP-4
130
Green 63 Green 63 Green 63 Green 63 Green 63 Green 63 Green 63 Green 63

Table 18. Seismically rated isolator locations

Locations
Size
(ton) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MSSH-1E-825N MSSH-1E-825N MSSH-1E-530N MSSH-1E-530N
20 - - - -
Red/Dk Blue Red/Dk Blue Black/Dk Blue Black/Dk Blue
MSSH-1E-1000 MSSH-1E-825N MSSH-1E-530N MSSH-1E-530N
26 - - - -
Tan Red/Dk Blue Black/Dk Blue Black/Dk Blue
M2SS-1E-1300 M2SS-1E-1060N M2SS-1E-800 M2SS-1E-800
30 - - - -
Red Black/Dk Blue Black Black
M2SS-1E-1300 M2SS-1E-1060N M2SS-1E-800 M2SS-1E-800
35 - - - -
Red Black/Dk Blue Black Black
M2SS-1E-1300 M2SS-1E-1300 M2SS-1E-800 M2SS-1E-1060N
40 - - - -
Red Red Black Black/Dk Blue
M2SS-1E-1300 M2SS-1E-1650N M2SS-1E-1060N M2SS-1E-1060N
52 - - - -
Red Red/Dk Blue Black/Dk Blue Black/Dk Blue
M2SS-1E-
M2SS-1E-1650N M2SS-1E-1060N M2SS-1E-1060N M2SS-1E-800 M2SS-1E-800
60 1650N Red/Dk - -
Red/Dk Blue Black/Dk Blue Black/Dk Blue Black Black
Blue
M2SS-1E-
M2SS-1E-1650N M2SS-1E-1060N M2SS-1E-1060N M2SS-1E-800 M2SS-1E-800
70 1650N Red/Dk - -
Red/Dk Blue Black/Dk Blue Black/Dk Blue Black Black
Blue
M2SS-1E-2000 M2SS-1E-2000 M2SS-1E-1060N M2SS-1E-1300 M2SS-1E-800 M2SS-1E-800
80 - -
Tan Tan Black/Dk Blue Red Black Black
M2SS-1E-2000 M2SS-1E-2000 M2SS-1E-1060N M2SS-1E-1650N M2SS-1E-800 M2SS-1E-800
90 - -
Tan Tan Black/Dk Blue Red/Dk Blue Black Black
M2SS-1E-2000 M2SS-1E-2000 M2SS-1E-1300 M2SS-1E-1650N M2SS-1E-800 M2SS-1E-800
100 - -
Tan Tan Red Red/Dk Blue Black Black
M2SS-1E-2000 M2SS-1E-2000 M2SS-1E-1300 M2SS-1E-1650N M2SS-1E-800 M2SS-1E-800
110 - -
Tan Tan Red Red/Dk Blue Black Black
M2SS-1E-2000 M2SS-1E-2000 M2SS-1E-1300 M2SS-1E-2000 M2SS-1E-800 M2SS-1E-800
120 - -
Tan Tan Red Tan Black Black
M2SS-1E-
M2SS-1E-1650N M2SS-1E-1300 M2SS-1E-1650N M2SS-1E-1060N M2SS-1E-1300 M2SS-1E-800 M2SS-1E-1060N
130 1650N Red/Dk
Red/Dk Blue Red Red/Dk Blue Black/Dk Blue Red Black Black/Dk Blue
Blue

34 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Table 19. Point weights (lbs) - 60 Hz - base unit


Isolator location

Size Aluminum Fins Copper Fins


(tons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
High Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 706 645 408 365 - - - - 822 648 425 487 - - - -
26 792 614 369 420 - - - - 807 716 486 442 - - - -
30 775 805 595 431 - - - - 916 828 641 581 - - - -
35 894 861 645 436 - - - - 1035 884 690 587 - - - -
40 1151 1036 611 811 - - - - 1198 1246 823 858 - - - -
52 1080 1155 714 768 - - - - 1209 1283 843 898 - - - -
60 972 1104 630 762 602 492 - - 1100 1167 855 904 610 644 - -
70 1117 1210 781 849 511 557 - - 1239 1330 910 977 622 668 - -
80 1435 1662 774 885 396 449 - - 1795 1834 863 1203 581 594 - -
90 1507 1763 802 927 406 466 - - 1872 1930 887 1249 591 610 - -
100 1640 1587 847 1120 608 866 - - 1770 1992 1194 1342 886 994 - -
110 1673 1634 850 1134 602 863 - - 1803 2038 1200 1356 878 993 - -
120 1690 1651 853 1138 600 861 - - 1820 2055 1204 1360 875 990 - -
130 1284 1272 910 1229 861 852 569 826 1269 1749 1301 1197 989 1246 1008 932
High Efficiency Units With Partial Heat Recovery
20 707 660 414 382 - - - - 773 713 482 453 - - - -
26 793 629 375 437 - - - - 752 789 550 402 - - - -
30 836 773 545 502 - - - - 921 852 645 597 - - - -
35 955 829 593 507 - - - - 1041 908 694 603 - - - -
40 1062 1111 749 785 - - - - 1191 1239 879 914 - - - -
52 1073 1148 770 825 - - - - 1202 1275 900 954 - - - -
60 931 988 827 884 504 543 - - 1170 1119 863 825 591 829 - -
70 1097 1190 812 880 558 604 - - 1311 1280 917 895 600 858 - -
80 1528 1756 780 891 384 437 - - 1888 1926 871 1213 568 580 - -
90 1602 1858 807 932 394 454 - - 1966 2023 896 1260 577 596 - -
100 1732 1680 860 1138 596 848 - - 1861 2083 1213 1361 869 978 - -
110 1765 1726 864 1152 589 845 - - 1934 1895 1209 1774 829 810 - -
120 1783 1744 867 1156 587 843 - - 1953 1912 1214 1780 827 807 - -
130 1129 1587 1144 1072 855 803 589 812 1589 1475 1145 1605 938 1203 990 934
Extra Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 724 663 426 383 - - - - 872 698 476 537 - - - -
26 810 632 387 439 - - - - 858 766 536 493 - - - -
30 800 830 620 456 - - - - 986 898 711 651 - - - -
35 919 886 669 460 - - - - 1105 954 760 657 - - - -
40 1188 1073 647 848 - - - - 1298 1346 923 958 - - - -
52 1117 1192 750 805 - - - - 1310 1383 944 998 - - - -
60 1005 1137 663 795 635 525 - - 1193 1261 948 998 704 737 - -
70 1150 1243 814 882 544 591 - - 1332 1423 1004 1071 715 761 - -
Extra Efficiency Units With Partial Heat Recovery
20 726 679 433 400 - - - - 823 763 532 504 - - - -
26 811 648 393 456 - - - - 802 839 600 453 - - - -
30 861 798 569 527 - - - - 991 922 715 667 - - - -
35 980 854 618 532 - - - - 1111 978 764 673 - - - -
40 1098 1147 785 821 - - - - 1291 1339 979 1014 - - - -
52 1110 1184 806 861 - - - - 1302 1376 1000 1054 - - - -
60 965 1022 860 917 537 576 - - 1263 1212 956 919 684 923 - -
70 1131 1223 845 913 591 637 - - 1404 1373 1011 988 694 951 - -

CG-SVX17G-EN 35
Installation - Mechanical

Table 20. Point weights (lbs) - 60 Hz - with pump package


Isolator location

Size Aluminum Fins Copper Fins


(tons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
High Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 874 612 603 618 - - - - 802 802 809 552 - - - -
26 910 630 614 624 - - - - 834 824 823 554 - - - -
30 832 836 904 619 - - - - 989 842 933 787 - - - -
35 946 896 958 619 - - - - 1182 824 908 865 - - - -
40 1214 1109 1009 932 - - - - 1336 1244 1146 1054 - - - -
52 1225 1146 1030 972 - - - - 1349 1279 1165 1095 - - - -
60 1204 943 802 862 734 794 - - 1250 1192 923 880 928 885 - -
70 1261 1226 866 840 818 792 - - 1290 1258 1196 1163 819 795 - -
80 1296 1663 922 1070 901 763 - - 1637 1812 1190 1306 927 1012 - -
90 1556 1616 816 1152 857 886 - - 1712 1910 1217 1349 934 1031 - -
100 1278 1684 1330 1175 1013 1226 - - 1561 1736 1653 1827 1162 1278 - -
110 1305 1733 1339 1189 1006 1221 - - 1593 1778 1661 1846 1151 1275 - -
120 1276 1623 1280 1629 1284 1091 - - 1742 1721 1721 1699 1133 1678 - -
130 835 1195 1150 1206 1167 1223 1177 1233 1341 1335 1253 1247 1116 1664 1564 1555
High Efficiency Units With Partial Heat Recovery
20 877 626 609 636 - - - - 802 819 816 568 - - - -
26 851 706 680 581 - - - - 835 841 830 570 - - - -
30 837 859 909 635 - - - - 996 864 936 804 - - - -
35 1025 846 889 709 - - - - 1189 846 910 884 - - - -
40 1118 1190 1154 899 - - - - 1328 1236 1202 1110 - - - -
52 1127 1229 1177 937 - - - - 1341 1271 1222 1152 - - - -
60 1186 928 824 883 786 845 - - 1234 1175 945 903 979 936 - -
70 1245 1209 889 863 869 843 - - 1272 1239 1224 1191 868 844 - -
80 1569 1609 804 1123 832 851 - - 1727 1902 1203 1320 910 996 - -
90 1648 1707 826 1166 842 870 - - 1803 2001 1230 1362 918 1015 - -
100 1584 1635 1178 1212 951 1331 - - 1648 1822 1680 1854 1141 1257 - -
110 1616 1680 1183 1226 943 1329 - - 1680 1865 1688 1873 1131 1254 - -
120 1586 1561 1136 1679 1212 1196 - - 1827 1809 1748 1730 1114 1653 - -
130 1066 1198 1089 1221 1124 1256 1143 1275 1381 1114 1358 1638 1323 1585 1305 1557
Extra Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 893 630 621 637 - - - - 852 853 859 602 - - - -
26 928 649 632 642 - - - - 884 875 873 605 - - - -
30 856 860 929 644 - - - - 1059 912 1003 857 - - - -
35 971 921 983 644 - - - - 1252 894 978 935 - - - -
40 1250 1145 1046 969 - - - - 1436 1344 1246 1155 - - - -
52 1262 1182 1066 1008 - - - - 1449 1379 1265 1196 - - - -
60 1237 976 835 895 767 827 - - 1343 1285 1016 974 1021 979 - -
70 1294 1259 899 874 851 825 - - 1384 1351 1289 1257 913 889 - -
Extra Efficiency Units With Partial Heat Recovery
20 895 644 627 655 - - - - 852 869 867 618 - - - -
26 870 724 699 599 - - - - 885 891 881 621 - - - -
30 862 884 934 660 - - - - 1066 934 1006 874 - - - -
35 1050 871 913 734 - - - - 1259 916 980 954 - - - -
40 1154 1227 1190 936 - - - - 1429 1337 1302 1210 - - - -
52 1164 1265 1213 974 - - - - 1442 1372 1322 1252 - - - -
60 1219 962 857 916 819 878 - - 1327 1269 1039 996 1072 1030 - -
70 1278 1242 922 896 902 876 - - 1365 1332 1317 1284 961 937 - -

36 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Table 21. Point weights (lbs) - 60 Hz - with pump package and buffer tank options

Isolator location

Size Aluminum Fins Copper Fins


(tons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
High Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 616 413 1728 1650 - - - - 610 538 1867 1650 - - - -
26 650 434 1741 1653 - - - - 640 562 1883 1650 - - - -
30 663 585 1939 1703 - - - - 848 564 1940 1898 - - - -
35 868 555 1902 1793 - - - - 865 722 2092 1800 - - - -
40 838 790 2265 2135 - - - - 966 918 2395 2264 - - - -
52 856 820 2279 2181 - - - - 985 948 2409 2310 - - - -
60 679 656 1237 1191 1704 1636 - - 867 835 1224 1181 1889 1825 - -
70 875 857 1184 1159 1765 1726 - - 1001 981 1304 1278 1881 1841 - -
80 1868 2086 1234 1379 898 1005 - - 1892 2452 1703 1649 1040 1005 - -
90 1873 2145 1281 1657 957 828 - - 2169 2399 1565 1738 1012 1127 - -
100 1681 2251 1788 1796 1262 1267 - - 2291 2524 1638 1812 1559 1733 - -
110 1710 2298 1797 1810 1254 1263 - - 2324 2568 1645 1828 1549 1732 - -
120 1861 2235 1856 1671 1234 1666 - - 2313 2561 1709 1895 1684 1870 - -
130 1209 1222 1148 1741 1579 1599 1504 1523 1110 1688 1706 1728 1768 1790 1801 1824
High Efficiency Units With Partial Heat Recovery
20 623 423 1729 1672 - - - - 616 549 1870 1670 - - - -
26 585 516 1813 1604 - - - - 646 574 1886 1671 - - - -
30 674 603 1938 1724 - - - - 860 581 1938 1920 - - - -
35 880 572 1900 1816 - - - - 874 742 2092 1821 - - - -
40 830 783 2321 2191 - - - - 959 911 2451 2320 - - - -
52 849 813 2336 2238 - - - - 977 941 2466 2367 - - - -
60 668 645 1248 1202 1762 1693 - - 855 824 1238 1194 1945 1881 - -
70 864 845 1198 1172 1821 1783 - - 989 969 1317 1291 1938 1898 - -
80 1823 2357 1284 1248 980 953 - - 2217 2292 1679 1736 827 1165 - -
90 1959 2242 1296 1666 944 809 - - 2292 2389 1709 1781 832 1183 - -
100 1762 2347 1816 1814 1246 1245 - - 2380 2612 1661 1835 1540 1714 - -
110 1791 2394 1825 1829 1238 1241 - - 2412 2656 1668 1851 1530 1713 - -
120 1941 2333 1885 1694 1220 1639 - - 2403 2651 1733 1919 1665 1851 - -
130 1157 1611 1132 1573 1638 1513 1607 1482 1476 1637 1559 1720 1688 1849 1756 1918
Extra Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 635 432 1746 1668 - - - - 660 588 1917 1700 - - - -
26 668 453 1759 1671 - - - - 690 612 1934 1700 - - - -
30 688 610 1964 1728 - - - - 918 634 2010 1968 - - - -
35 893 580 1927 1818 - - - - 935 792 2162 1870 - - - -
40 874 827 2302 2172 - - - - 1067 1018 2496 2364 - - - -
52 892 857 2315 2218 - - - - 1085 1049 2510 2411 - - - -
60 712 689 1270 1224 1737 1669 - - 960 929 1318 1275 1982 1918 - -
70 909 890 1217 1192 1798 1760 - - 1094 1075 1398 1371 1974 1935 - -
Extra Efficiency Units With Partial Heat Recovery
20 642 441 1747 1690 - - - - 666 599 1920 1720 - - - -
26 604 534 1831 1622 - - - - 696 624 1936 1721 - - - -
30 699 628 1963 1749 - - - - 930 650 2008 1990 - - - -
35 905 597 1925 1841 - - - - 944 812 2162 1891 - - - -
40 867 819 2358 2227 - - - - 1059 1011 2552 2420 - - - -
52 885 849 2372 2274 - - - - 1077 1041 2566 2467 - - - -
60 701 678 1281 1235 1795 1726 - - 949 917 1331 1288 2039 1974 - -
70 897 878 1231 1205 1855 1816 - - 1082 1063 1411 1384 2031 1991 - -

CG-SVX17G-EN 37
Installation - Mechanical

Table 22. Point weights (lbs) - 50 Hz - base unit


Isolator location
Aluminum Fins Copper Fins
Size (tons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
High Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 767 605 348 405 - - 833 658 415 478 - -
26 792 614 369 420 - - 807 716 486 442 - -
30 775 805 595 431 - - 916 828 641 581 - -
35 894 861 645 436 - - 1035 884 690 587 - -
40 1151 1036 611 811 - - 1198 1246 823 858 - -
52 1080 1155 714 768 - - 1209 1283 843 898 - -
60 972 1104 630 762 602 492 1100 1167 855 904 610 644
70 1117 1210 781 849 511 557 1239 1330 910 977 622 668
80 1435 1662 774 885 396 449 1795 1834 863 1203 581 594
90 1507 1763 802 926 406 465 1872 1930 887 1249 591 610
100 1654 1605 840 1113 593 847 1786 2008 1188 1336 869 977
110 1670 1632 849 1132 600 861 1801 2036 1198 1354 876 991
120 1689 1650 853 1137 599 860 1820 2054 1203 1359 875 990
High Efficiency Units With Partial Heat Recovery
20 768 621 354 422 - - 784 724 472 444 - -
26 793 629 375 437 - - 752 789 549 402 - -
30 836 773 545 502 - - 921 852 645 597 - -
35 955 829 593 507 - - 1041 907 694 603 - -
40 1062 1111 749 785 - - 1191 1239 879 914 - -
52 1073 1148 769 824 - - 1202 1276 899 953 - -
60 931 988 827 884 504 543 1170 1119 863 825 591 829
70 1098 1190 812 880 558 604 1311 1280 917 894 600 857
80 1528 1756 780 891 384 437 1888 1926 871 1213 568 580
90 1601 1856 807 932 394 454 1964 2022 895 1259 577 596
100 1745 1697 853 1131 581 829 1876 2098 1206 1354 852 961
110 1762 1724 862 1150 588 844 1932 1893 1208 1772 828 809
120 1781 1743 866 1155 587 842 1951 1911 1213 1779 826 806
Extra Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 785 624 366 424 - - 883 708 465 528 - -
26 810 632 387 439 - - 858 766 536 493 - -
30 800 830 620 456 - - 986 898 711 651 - -
35 919 886 669 460 - - 1105 954 760 657 - -
40 1188 1073 647 848 - - 1298 1346 923 958 - -
52 1117 1192 750 805 - - 1310 1383 944 998 - -
60 1005 1137 663 795 635 525 1193 1261 948 998 704 737
70 1150 1243 814 882 544 591 1332 1423 1004 1071 715 761
Extra Efficiency Units With Partial Heat Recovery
20 787 639 373 440 - - 834 774 522 494 - -
26 811 647 393 455 - - 802 839 600 452 - -
30 861 798 569 527 - - 991 922 715 667 - -
35 980 854 618 532 - - 1111 977 764 673 - -
40 1098 1147 785 821 - - 1291 1339 979 1014 - -
52 1110 1184 806 861 - - 1302 1376 1000 1054 - -
60 965 1022 860 917 537 576 1263 1212 956 919 684 923
70 1131 1223 845 913 591 637 1405 1374 1010 988 693 951

38 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Table 23. Point weights (lbs) - 50 Hz - with pump package


Isolator location
Aluminum Fins Copper Fins
Size (tons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
High Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 812 680 582 496 - - 873 737 655 562 - -
26 894 631 546 568 - - 896 747 677 576 - -
30 828 834 823 565 - - 979 847 858 726 - -
35 943 895 887 572 - - 1173 829 843 812 - -
40 1193 1119 942 888 - - 1232 1336 1162 928 - -
52 1204 1156 963 928 - - 1329 1287 1096 1053 - -
60 1206 933 821 870 768 817 1252 1181 942 889 962 909
70 1264 1215 885 850 851 815 1291 1246 1220 1174 851 818
80 1298 1666 914 1059 885 748 1641 1815 1179 1296 912 997
90 1558 1619 807 1141 841 871 1716 1913 1206 1338 919 1016
100 1292 1707 1316 1162 983 1185 1581 1755 1637 1811 1128 1244
110 1306 1735 1328 1179 989 1200 1596 1780 1649 1833 1134 1257
120 1271 1847 1244 1204 1218 1178 1754 1743 1673 1661 1062 1581
High Efficiency Units With Partial Heat Recovery
20 872 636 530 571 - - 874 753 661 579 - -
26 896 645 551 585 - - 897 763 684 592 - -
30 833 858 828 581 - - 986 869 861 744 - -
35 948 919 892 588 - - 1180 850 846 830 - -
40 1185 1111 998 944 - - 1309 1244 1133 1068 - -
52 1197 1148 1019 983 - - 1322 1279 1152 1109 - -
60 1188 919 844 891 821 868 1123 1179 1184 910 906 947
70 1248 1198 908 872 902 866 1273 1227 1247 1202 899 866
80 1572 1612 796 1112 816 836 1731 1906 1192 1309 896 981
90 1650 1709 818 1154 826 855 1806 2003 1220 1351 903 999
100 1600 1655 1162 1199 921 1292 1667 1841 1664 1838 1107 1223
110 1617 1683 1172 1216 927 1308 1683 1867 1676 1860 1113 1236
120 1600 1581 1098 1627 1128 1115 1681 1867 1724 1910 1177 1301
Extra Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 830 698 600 514 - - 923 788 705 613 - -
26 912 649 564 586 - - 946 797 727 626 - -
30 853 859 848 590 - - 1049 917 928 796 - -
35 968 920 912 597 - - 1243 899 913 882 - -
40 1229 1155 979 925 - - 1332 1436 1262 1028 - -
52 1240 1192 999 964 - - 1430 1387 1197 1154 - -
60 1239 966 854 903 801 850 1346 1274 1035 983 1055 1002
70 1297 1248 919 883 884 848 1384 1339 1313 1268 944 911
Extra Efficiency Units With Partial Heat Recovery
20 891 654 548 589 - - 924 803 712 629 - -
26 914 663 569 604 - - 947 813 734 642 - -
30 858 882 853 606 - - 1056 939 931 814 - -
35 973 943 917 613 - - 1250 920 916 900 - -
40 1222 1148 1035 980 - - 1409 1344 1234 1168 - -
52 1233 1184 1055 1020 - - 1423 1379 1253 1209 - -
60 1221 952 877 924 854 901 1216 1272 1278 1003 1000 1041
70 1281 1232 941 905 935 899 1366 1321 1341 1295 992 959

CG-SVX17G-EN 39
Installation - Mechanical

Table 24. Point weights (lbs) - 50 Hz - with pump package and buffer tank options
Isolator location
Aluminum Fins Copper Fins
Size (tons) 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
High Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 617 419 1644 1589 - - 610 544 1784 1588 - -
26 638 431 1668 1601 - - 629 558 1810 1598 - -
30 657 586 1861 1646 - - 841 566 1863 1840 - -
35 862 557 1835 1743 - - 859 724 2024 1750 - -
40 735 881 2280 2010 - - 953 920 2320 2228 - -
52 843 822 2204 2146 - - 972 950 2334 2275 - -
60 679 651 1252 1195 1744 1659 869 829 1239 1186 1928 1848
70 877 851 1200 1163 1804 1749 1002 975 1319 1282 1920 1864
80 1872 2089 1223 1368 884 990 2131 2206 1654 1710 829 1167
90 1875 2150 1270 1642 942 814 2206 2301 1684 1755 834 1185
100 1700 2272 1773 1778 1230 1233 2309 2541 1626 1800 1523 1697
110 1713 2300 1785 1797 1237 1245 2325 2568 1636 1818 1530 1712
120 1872 2259 1808 1631 1164 1568 2329 2575 1672 1856 1599 1783
High Efficiency Units With Partial Heat Recovery
20 624 429 1645 1611 - - 615 556 1787 1609 - -
26 574 511 1740 1552 - - 634 569 1813 1619 - -
30 668 604 1860 1668 - - 853 582 1861 1863 - -
35 874 574 1832 1766 - - 868 743 2024 1770 - -
40 817 784 2246 2155 - - 946 912 2376 2284 - -
52 836 814 2260 2201 - - 964 942 2390 2330 - -
60 669 640 1263 1206 1801 1716 857 818 1253 1199 1984 1904
70 865 839 1213 1176 1860 1805 991 963 1332 1295 1976 1920
80 1827 2361 1274 1237 965 938 2220 2297 1666 1724 815 1149
90 1961 2246 1285 1652 930 795 2295 2392 1696 1769 820 1167
100 1780 2367 1801 1796 1214 1211 2467 2452 1850 1839 1234 1839
110 1794 2396 1813 1816 1221 1223 2484 2479 1861 1857 1239 1855
120 1950 2356 1837 1653 1150 1542 2418 2663 1695 1879 1580 1764
Extra Efficiency Units Without Partial Heat Recovery
20 635 437 1662 1607 - - 660 594 1834 1638 - -
26 656 449 1686 1619 - - 679 608 1861 1648 - -
30 682 611 1886 1671 - - 911 636 1933 1910 - -
35 887 582 1860 1768 - - 928 794 2094 1820 - -
40 771 918 2316 2046 - - 1054 1020 2421 2328 - -
52 879 858 2240 2182 - - 1072 1050 2435 2375 - -
60 712 684 1285 1228 1777 1692 962 923 1333 1279 2021 1941
70 910 884 1233 1197 1837 1782 1096 1069 1413 1376 2013 1958
Extra Efficiency Units With Partial Heat Recovery
20 642 447 1663 1630 - - 665 606 1837 1659 - -
26 592 530 1758 1570 - - 684 620 1863 1669 - -
30 693 629 1885 1692 - - 923 652 1931 1933 - -
35 899 599 1857 1791 - - 938 813 2094 1840 - -
40 854 820 2283 2191 - - 1046 1012 2477 2384 - -
52 872 851 2296 2238 - - 1065 1043 2491 2430 - -
60 702 673 1296 1239 1834 1749 950 911 1346 1292 2077 1997
70 898 872 1246 1210 1893 1838 1084 1057 1426 1389 2069 2014

40 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Evaporator Piping Drainage


Locate the unit near a large capacity drain for water vessel
Evaporator water connections are grooved.
drain-down during shutdown or repair. Evaporators are
Thoroughly flush all water piping to the CGAM unit before provided with drain connections. Refer to “Water Piping.”
making the final piping connections to the unit. All local and national codes apply.
Components and layout will vary slightly, depending on A vent is provided on the top of the evaporator at the
the location of connections and the water source. chilled water inlet. Be sure to provide additional vents at
high points in the piping to bleed air from the chilled water
NOTICE: system. Install necessary pressure gauges to monitor the
Equipment Damage! entering and leaving chilled water pressures.
If using an acidic commercial flushing solution, Provide shutoff valves in lines to the gauges to isolate
construct a temporary bypass around the unit to them from the system when they are not in use. Use
prevent damage to internal components of the rubber vibration eliminators to prevent vibration
evaporator and the pump. transmission through the water lines.
If desired, install thermometers in the lines to monitor
NOTICE: entering and leaving water temperatures. Install a
balancing valve in the leaving water line to control water
Proper Water Treatment! flow balance. Install shutoff valves on both the entering
The use of untreated or improperly treated water could and leaving water lines so that the evaporator can be
result in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. It is isolated for service.
recommended that the services of a qualified water
treatment specialist be engaged to determine what Evaporator Piping Components
water treatment, if any, is required. Trane assumes no
responsibility for equipment failures which result from Piping components include all devices and controls used
untreated or improperly treated water, or saline or to provide proper water system operation and unit
brackish water. operating safety. See Figure 25, p. 41.These components
are listed below.
Figure 25. Water piping components

4 6 7
3 2
5

8
1

B
A

6
3 2
5

5
UNIT CUSTOMER PIPING

Table 25. Water piping components


Item Description Item Description
1 Bypass Valve Pi Gauge
2 Isolation Valves FT Water Flow Switch
3 Vibration Eliminators T1 Evap Water Inlet Temp Sensor
4 Evaporator Heat Exchanger T2 Evap Water Outlet Temp Sensor
5 Water Heaters A Isolate unit for initial water loop cleaning
6 Valve for Pressure Point Brazed plate differential pressure gauge and piping not supplied. Must account for water
B
7 Strainer head height difference when calculating brazed plate pressure differential.

8 Water Heater (slant 20-35T units only)

CG-SVX17G-EN 41
Installation - Mechanical

Entering Chilled Water Piping correctly and flow is established, only the green LED
should be lit. Following are the LED indicators:
• Air vents (to bleed air from system)
• Green ON, both yellow OFF — Flow
• Water pressure gauges with shutoff valves
• Green and outside yellow ON — No Flow
• Vibration eliminators
• Center yellow ON continuously — Miswire
• Shutoff (isolation) valves
Factory installed jumper wire W11 must be removed if
• Thermometers (if desired) using auxiliary contacts and/or additional proof of flow.
• Relief valve See schematics in CGAM-SVE01*-EN for more details.
Note: Use caution when connecting the auxiliary
Leaving Chilled Water Piping contacts.Terminals 1X5-3 and 1X5-9 are to be used
• Air vents (to bleed air from system) for field connections of auxiliary contacts.
Inadvertant use of 1X5-4 and 1X5-9 will result in a
• Water pressure gauges with shutoff valves
FALSE FLOW indication.
• Vibration eliminators
• Shutoff (isolation) valves NOTICE:
• Thermometers (if desired) Equipment Damage!
• Balancing valve Incorrect wiring of auxiliary contacts could cause
equipment damage.
NOTICE:
If using auxiliary flow sensing, both yellow LEDs come on
Water Damage! initially when flow is stopped.The center yellow LED will
Standard pressure is 72.5 Psig for all factory installed turn off after approximately 7 seconds.The LED indicators
components on the suction side of water pump. are otherwise the same as indicated above.
Standard pressure of components on the discharge
side of water pump is 145 Psig. You MUST drain the Indexing Flow Switch
system FIRST before releasing the pressure. Failure to
do so could result in water spray which could cause To properly index the flow switch, the following
equipment and/or property damage. requirements must be met:
• The dot must be at a position no greater than 90° off
Index.

Water Strainer • The torque must be between 22 ft-lb minimum and 74


ft-lb maximum.
The water strainer is factory-installed with taps for the
• A minimum distance of 5x pipe diameter must be
pressure gauges on the inlet and outlet. Install pressure
maintained between flow switch and any bends,
gauges in order to measure differential pressure across
valves, changes in cross sections, etc.
the filter.This will help to determine when it is necessary
to clean the water strainer.
Figure 26. Proper flow switch indexing
Flow Switch
Top View
NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
Flow switch is on a 24V circuit. Do NOT apply 120V to Flow
the flow switch. Incorrect voltage application could Index
cause damage to the flow switch.

The flow switch is factory-installed and programmed


based on the operating conditions submitted with the
order.The leaving evaporator temperature, fluid type and
fluid concentration affect the selected flow switch. If the
operating conditions on the job site change, the flow The flow switch must have the dot
switch may need to be replaced. in the shaded area to the left of this line
The sensor head includes 3 LEDs, two yellow and one for proper indexing (±90° off Index)
green.Wait 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor
before evaluating LEDs for flow status. When wired

42 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Evaporator Label
The BPHE evaporator label, including barcode, is located
under the insulation, in the locations shown in Figure 27,
p. 43. Insulation backing over this area has not been
removed, so that it can be rolled back to access BPHE label.

Figure 27. BPHE label locations

20T BPHE - P80 40T BPHE - DP200

BPHE LABEL
LOCATION

BARCODE

BPHE LABEL
LOCATION

ADDITIONAL BARCODE
INSULATION
TAP

ADDITIONAL
INSULATION
TAP

ROLL BACK THE INSULATION

26/30/36T BPHE - P120 52-130T BPHE - DP400

BPHE LABEL
LOCATION

BPHE LABEL
LOCATION
BARCODE

BARCODE

ADDITIONAL ADDITIONAL
INSULATION INSULATION
TAP TAP

ROLL BACK THE INSULATION

CG-SVX17G-EN 43
Installation - Mechanical

Pressure Drop Curves


For overlapping curves, see limit values in General Data
Tables in section “General Information,” p. 9.
Figure 28. Total unit pressure drop curves (60 Hz)
040 120
030 060
40 080 100

30
PRESSURE DROP (Ft.of H2O

20

10
8 130
6 052 070 110
020 035 090
026
4
3

1
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 200 300 400
FLOW (GPM)

Figure 29. Total unit pressure drop curves (50 Hz)

040 120
030 060
080 100
40
30
PRESSURE DROP (Ft.of H2O)

20

10
8
6 052 070 110
020 035 090
026
4
3

1
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 200 300 400
FLOW (GPM)

44 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Ambient Freeze Avoidance


Note: CGAM chillers use brazed plate heat exchanges, One or more of the ambient freeze avoidance methods in
which are NOT at risk for refrigerant migration Table 26 must be used to protect the CGAM chiller from
freeze. Chiller must only be protected from freeze ambient freeze damage.
due to low ambient conditions.

Table 26. CGAM ambient freeze avoidance methods

Protects to
ambient
Method temperature Notes
• CH530 controller can start the pump when the ambient temperatures drops to prevent freezing. For
this option the pump must to be controlled by the CGAM unit and this function must be validated.
Water pump control Down to 0°F
• Water circuit valves need to stay open at all times.
• If dual high head pump package option is selected, the chiller MUST control the pumps.
• This option is not applicable for units ordered with “No Freeze Protection” (model number
digit 18 = X). Factory mounted heaters are NOT installed on these units, and one of the
other forms of freeze protection must be used.
• For units with freeze protection selected (model number digit 18 is “1”), heaters are factory-installed
on the evaporator and water piping and will protect them from freezing in ambient temperatures down
Heaters Down to -20°F
to -20°F (-29°C).
• Install heat tape on all water piping, pumps, and other components that may be damaged if exposed
to freezing temperatures. Heat tape must be designed for low ambient temperature applications. Heat
tape selection should be based on the lowest expected ambient temperature.
• See NOTICE below for important information.
Varies. • Freeze protection can be accomplished by adding sufficient glycol to protect against freezing below
See “Low Evap the lowest ambient expected.
Refrigerant Cutout/
Freeze Inhibitor
Percent Glycol
Recommendations,”
p. 45
• Shut off the power supply to the unit and to all heaters.
• Purge the water circuit.
• Blow out the evaporator to ensure no liquid is left in the evaporator.
• By default the CH530 freeze protection control is enabled and will request the start of the
Drain Water Circuit Below -20°F chilled water pump with ambient temperatures less than the evaporator low leaving water
temperature setpoint. The pump remains ON until the minimum evaporator water
temperature is greater than low leaving water temperature setpoint plus 7°C. The
minimum on time for the pump is 5 minutes. If you do NOT want the CH530 to start the
pump when the ambient temperature drops to freezing, disable this freeze protection
control.

Low Evap Refrigerant Cutout/


NOTICE: Percent Glycol Recommendations
Equipment Damage! The table below shows the low evaporator temperature
All heaters have separate power from the unit. All cutout for different glycol levels.
heaters must be energized or the CH530 must control
the pumps when the unit is off (unless the water circuit Additional glycol beyond the recommendations will
is drained or sufficient glycol is used). In the event of adversely effect unit performance.The unit efficiency will
prolonged power loss, neither heaters nor CH530 be reduced and the saturated evaporator temperature will
control of the pumps will protect the evaporator from be reduced. For some operating conditions this effect can
catastrophic damage. In order to provide freeze be significant.
protection in the event of a power loss you MUST drain
the evaporator, use sufficient freeze inhibitor in the If additional glycol is used, then use the actual percent
evaporator or provide back-up power for pump. glycol to establish the low refrigerant cutout setpoint.

CG-SVX17G-EN 45
Installation - Mechanical

Table 27. Low evap refrigerant temp cutout and low water temp cutout

ETHYLENE GLYCOL PROPYLENE GLYCOL


Low Low Min Chilled Water Set Low Low Min Chilled Water Set
Refrig Water Point [F] Refrig Water Point [F]
Solution Temp Temp Solution Temp Temp
% Freeze Cutout Cutout Number of % Freeze Cutout Cutout Number of
Glycol Point [F] [F] [F] compressors Glycol Point [F] [F] [F] compressors
2 4 6 2 4 6
0 32 22 35 42 42 42 0 32 22 35 42 42 42
1 31.6 21.6 34.6 41.6 39.1 38.2 1 31.6 21.6 34.6 41.6 39.1 38.2
2 31.0 21.0 34.0 41.0 38.5 37.6 2 31.0 21.0 34.0 41.0 38.5 37.6
3 30.3 20.3 33.3 40.3 37.8 37.0 3 30.4 20.4 33.4 40.3 37.8 37.0
4 29.7 19.7 32.7 39.7 37.2 36.3 4 29.9 19.9 32.9 39.7 37.2 36.3
5 29.0 19.0 32.0 39.0 36.5 35.7 5 29.3 19.3 32.3 39.0 36.5 35.7
6 28.3 18.3 31.3 38.3 35.8 35.0 6 28.7 18.7 31.7 38.3 35.8 35.0
7 27.6 17.6 30.6 37.6 35.1 34.3 7 28.1 18.1 31.1 37.6 35.1 34.3
8 26.9 16.9 29.9 36.9 34.4 33.6 8 27.6 17.6 30.6 36.9 34.4 33.6
9 26.2 16.2 29.2 36.2 33.7 32.9 9 27.0 17.0 30.0 36.2 33.7 32.9
10 25.5 15.5 28.5 35.5 33.0 32.1 10 26.4 16.4 29.4 35.5 33.0 32.1
11 24.7 14.7 27.7 34.7 32.2 31.4 11 25.7 15.7 28.7 34.7 32.2 31.4
12 23.9 13.9 26.9 33.9 31.4 30.6 12 25.1 15.1 28.1 33.9 31.4 30.6
13 23.1 13.1 26.1 33.1 30.6 29.8 13 24.4 14.4 27.4 33.1 30.6 29.8
14 22.3 12.3 25.3 32.3 29.8 29.0 14 23.8 13.8 26.8 32.3 29.8 29.0
15 21.5 11.5 24.5 31.5 29.0 28.1 15 23.1 13.1 26.1 31.5 29.0 28.1
16 20.6 10.6 23.6 30.6 28.1 27.2 16 22.4 12.4 25.4 30.6 28.1 27.2
17 19.7 9.7 22.7 29.7 27.2 26.3 17 21.6 11.6 24.6 29.7 27.2 26.3
18 18.7 8.7 21.7 28.7 26.2 25.4 18 20.9 10.9 23.9 28.7 26.2 25.4
19 17.8 7.8 20.8 27.8 25.3 24.5 19 20.1 10.1 23.1 27.8 25.3 24.5
20 16.8 6.8 19.8 26.8 24.3 23.5 20 19.3 9.3 22.3 26.8 24.3 23.5
21 15.8 5.8 18.8 25.8 23.3 22.5 21 18.4 8.4 21.4 25.8 23.3 22.5
22 14.7 4.7 17.7 24.7 22.2 21.4 22 17.6 7.6 20.6 24.7 22.2 21.4
23 13.7 3.7 16.7 23.7 21.2 20.3 23 16.7 6.7 19.7 23.7 21.2 20.3
24 12.5 2.5 15.5 22.5 20.0 19.2 24 15.7 5.7 18.7 22.5 20.0 19.2
25 11.4 1.4 14.4 21.4 18.9 18.1 25 14.8 4.8 17.8 21.4 18.9 18.1
26 10.2 0.2 13.2 20.2 17.7 16.9 26 13.8 3.8 16.8 20.2 17.7 16.9
27 9.0 -1.0 12.0 19.0 16.5 15.7 27 12.7 2.7 15.7 19.0 16.5 15.7
28 7.7 -2.3 10.7 17.7 15.2 14.4 28 11.6 1.6 14.6 17.7 15.2 14.4
29 6.4 -3.6 9.4 16.4 13.9 13.1 29 10.5 0.5 13.5 16.4 13.9 13.1
30 5.1 -4.9 8.1 15.1 12.6 11.8 30 9.3 -0.7 12.3 15.1 12.6 11.8
31 3.7 -6.3 6.7 13.7 11.2 10.4 31 8.1 -1.9 11.1 13.7 11.2 10.4
32 2.3 -7.7 5.3 12.3 10.4 10.4 32 6.8 -3.2 9.8 12.3 10.4 10.4
33 0.8 -9.2 3.8 10.8 10.4 10.4 33 5.5 -4.5 8.5 10.8 10.4 10.4
34 -0.7 -10.7 2.3 10.4 10.4 10.4 34 4.1 -5.9 7.1 10.4 10.4 10.4
35 -2.3 -12.3 0.7 10.4 10.4 10.4 35 2.7 -7.3 5.7 10.4 10.4 10.4
36 -3.9 -13.9 -0.9 10.4 10.4 10.4 36 1.3 -8.7 4.3 10.4 10.4 10.4
37 -5.6 -15.6 -2.6 10.4 10.4 10.4 37 -0.3 -10.3 2.7 10.4 10.4 10.4
38 -7.3 -17.3 -4.3 10.4 10.4 10.4 38 -1.8 -11.8 1.2 10.4 10.4 10.4
39 -9.0 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 39 -3.5 -13.5 -0.5 10.4 10.4 10.4
40 -10.8 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 40 -5.2 -15.2 -2.2 10.4 10.4 10.4
41 -12.7 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 41 -6.9 -16.9 -3.9 10.4 10.4 10.4

46 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Table 27. Low evap refrigerant temp cutout and low water temp cutout (continued)

ETHYLENE GLYCOL PROPYLENE GLYCOL


Low Low Min Chilled Water Set Low Low Min Chilled Water Set
Refrig Water Point [F] Refrig Water Point [F]
Solution Temp Temp Solution Temp Temp
% Freeze Cutout Cutout Number of % Freeze Cutout Cutout Number of
Glycol Point [F] [F] [F] compressors Glycol Point [F] [F] [F] compressors
2 4 6 2 4 6
42 -14.6 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 42 -8.8 -18.8 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
43 -16.6 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 43 -10.7 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
44 -18.6 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 44 -12.6 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
45 -20.7 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 45 -14.6 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
46 -22.9 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 46 -16.7 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
47 -25.1 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 47 -18.9 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
48 -27.3 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 48 -21.1 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
49 -29.7 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 49 -23.4 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
50 -32.1 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 50 -25.8 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
51 -34.5 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 51 -28.3 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
52 -37.1 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 52 -30.8 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
53 -39.7 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 53 -33.4 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
54 -42.3 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 54 -36.1 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4
55 -45.0 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4 55 -38.9 -19.0 -5.0 10.4 10.4 10.4

CG-SVX17G-EN 47
Installation - Mechanical

Performance Adjustment Factors


Concentration and type of glycol used will affect unit
performance. If operating conditions, including
concentration of freeze inhibitor, have changed since the
unit was ordered, contact sales representative to rerun
selection. See Figure 30, p. 48 through Figure 35, p. 48 for
approximate adjustment factors.
Figure 33. Propylene - GPM adjustment
Figure 30. Ethylene - compressor power adjustment 1.06
0.999
1.05
0.9985 50 Hz
60 Hz
0.998 1.04

Adjustment Factor
0.9975
Adjustment Factor

1.03
0.997

1.02
0.9965

0.996
1.01
50 Hz
0.9955
1.00
0.995

0.9945 0.99
60 Hz 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

0.994 % Propylene Glycol by Weight


0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
% Ethylene Glycol by Weight
Figure 34. Ethylene - capacity adjustment
Figure 31. Propylene - compressor power adjustment 0.996
0.999
0.994
0.998
0.992
0.997
0.990
Adjustment Factor

0.996
Adjustment Factor

0.988
0.995

0.986
0.994

0.993 0.984

0.992 0.982
50 Hz 50 Hz
0.991 60 Hz
0.980
0.99
0.978
60 Hz
0.989
0.976
0.998 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
% Ethylene Glycol by Weight
% Propylene Glycol by Weight
Figure 35. Propylene - capacity adjustment
Figure 32. Ethylene - GPM adjustment 0.995
1.14
0.990
50 Hz
1.12
0.985
60 Hz
1.10
0.980
Adjustment Factor
Adjustment Factor

1.08
0.975

50 Hz
1.06 0.970

1.04 0.965
60 Hz
1.02 0.960

1.00 0.955
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
% Ethylene Glycol by Weight % Propylene Glycol by Weight

48 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Partial Heat Recovery Partial Heat Recovery Piping


A field installed safety or relief valve on the water side is
The partial heat recovery is comprised of an auxiliary heat
required with the partial heat recovery to prevent risks
exchanger installed in the discharge line between the
resulting from a failure of the thermostat.
compressor and the air -cooled condenser.The heat
exchanger cools compressor discharge gas and rejects the A 16 mesh strainer must be installed close to the partial
energy to a separate water loop for hot water applications. heat recovery heat exchanger entering water line to
The chiller can simultaneously produce chilled and hot protect the heat exchanger.
water. The partial heat recovery water temperature should be
The heating capacity is driven by the cooling demand on controlled via an external devise such as a 3-way valve or
the chiller, the condensing temperature and the flow rate variable speed pump. In addition, a water tank and
through the heat exchanger. additional heater is suggested in the partial heat recovery
loop.
The partial heat recovery includes:
Insulate water lines and other portions of the heat recovery
• Brazed plate heat exchanger
water loop to prevent heat loss and potential injury due
• Units 20-35Tons have a single braze plate heat exposure to a hot surface.
exchanger. Units 40-130Tons have two braze plate
For recommended partial heat recovery piping see
heat exchangers in parallel arrangement.
Figure 36, p. 50.
• Piping between the heat exchanger(s)
• Insulation of the heat exchanger(s) and water pipe
• Two temperature sensors to read the inlet/outlet hot NOTICE:
water temperature information on the unit control Proper Water Treatment!
display
The use of untreated or improperly treated water could
• Heater on partial heat recovery heat exchanger(s) and result in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. It is
water pipe recommended that the services of a qualified water
treatment specialist be engaged to determine what
• Manual air vent water treatment, if any, is required. Trane assumes no
• Drain pipe responsibility for equipment failures which result from
untreated or improperly treated water, or saline or
Water circulating inside the heat recovery heat exchanger brackish water.
should never be used for drinking water, it must be used
through an indirect loop to heat or preheat hot water.
Important: The installation must comply with the rules
and legislation applicable at the jobsite NOTICE:
location regarding the use of drinkable
water.The use of the water circulating in the
Equipment Damage!
heat recovery exchanger as drinkable water Do not use untreated or improperly treated water in the
is not recommended. An intermediate heat heat recovery water loop since it will cause inefficient
exchanger should be used. operation and potential damage to the unit such as:
reduced heat transfer between water and refrigerant,
The partial heat recovery pump must run at least three increased water pressure drop and reduced water flow.
minutes after the partial heat recovery fan control is
disabled. During the three minutes, water flow through the
brazed plate heat exchanger will gradually be reduced and
the unit can be switched to conventional cooling mode
without partial heat recovery fan control.

NOTICE:
Equipment Damage!
If the partial heat recovery heat exchanger is drained
the heater must be turned off to avoid damaging the
partial heater recovery heat exchanger. The heater
should only be on when the heat recovery heat
exchanger has water in it.

CG-SVX17G-EN 49
Installation - Mechanical

Figure 36. Partial heat recovery piping recommendations

CGAM Unit

12

12

12. Ball valve

Note: In addition to those recommended for field piping, the CGAM unit includes factory installed manual air vent and
water drain valve with partial heat recovery option. See Figure 61, p. 74 through Figure 63, p. 75 for partial heat
recovery component locations.

Partial Heat Recovery Freeze Avoidance


The heat recovery condenser is insulated and a factory-
installed heater is installed and will protect the heat
exchanger from freezing in ambient temperatures down to
-20°F (-29°C).
When the ambient temperature drops to approximately
39°F (3.9°C) the thermostat energizes the heaters.
Note: The inlet and outlet piping should be protected
against freezing by one of the following methods:
• Install heat tape on all field-installed water piping.

OR
• Add freeze inhibiting fluid to the partial heat recovery
water loop.

50 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Partial Heat Recovery


Pressure Drop Curves

Figure 37. Partial heat recovery pressure drop curve — Figure 38. Partial heat recovery pressure drop curve —
60 Hz 50 Hz

8 12

90/100/110 120/130
7
80 80/90/100
10
PHR Water Pressure Drop (psid)

PHR Water Pressure Drop (psid)


6
70 60/70
52/60 110/120
35 8
40/52
5
40 30/35
26/30
4 6
20 20/26
3
4

2
1

0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
PHR Water Flow Rate (gpm) PHR Water Flow Rate (gpm)

Table 28. Partial heat recovery flow rates — 60 Hz

Size 20 26 30 35 40 52 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130


Nominal Flow
(gpm) 13 19 18 24 26 39 37 50 46 59 61 70 83 79
Rate(a)
Maximum Flow Rate (gpm) 39 39 39 39 79 79 79 79 127 127 127 127 127 127
(a) Water temperature inlet 122°F, outlet 131°F

Table 29. Partial heat recovery flow rates — 50 Hz

Size 20 26 30 35 40 52 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130


Nominal Flow
(gpm) 11 15 16 20 21 30 32 40 39 47 48 58 65 11
Rate(a)
Maximum Flow Rate (gpm) 39 39 39 39 79 79 79 79 127 127 127 127 127 39
(a) Water temperature inlet 122°F, outlet 131°F

Note: Partial heat recovery may function at flow rates near zero. However, heat transfer performance is severely reduced
and water flow distribution is poor.

CG-SVX17G-EN 51
Installation - Mechanical

Dual High Head Pump Package


Figure 39. Field water piping pump package unit
Pump package includes: two high head pumps, VFD,
3 2
expansion vessels, drainage valves, shut-off valves at
entering and leaving connections. See Figure 40.
The pump package is single point power integrated into
B Building/
the chiller unit power with a separate factory wired control CGAM Unit 1
Process Load
with Pump Package
panel.The control of the pump is integrated into the chiller Option
controller. A

Important: When pump package is selected, the chiller 2


3
MUST control the pumps.
The CH530 displays evaporator pump starts and run-
times. Freeze protection down to an ambient of
1 - Bypass Valve CUSTOMER PIPING
-20°F (-29°C) is included as standard.The cold parts of the 2 - Isolation Valve
pump package will also be insulated. Designed with one 3 - Vibration Eliminators
A - Isolate unit for initial water loop cleaning
redundant pump, the chiller controls both pumps through
a lead/lag and failure/recovery functionality.
Table 30. Field water piping components —
A variable speed drive is installed in an additional panel to unit with pump package option
control the pump.The inverter should be adjusted by the
customer upon start up to balance the system flow and Item Description
head requirements.The purpose is to save on wasted 1 Bypass Valve
pump energy caused by a traditional balancing valve. 2 Isolator Valve
Note: Speed command is also available for customer- 3 Vibration Eliminator
provided variable flow input. A Isolate unit for initial water loop cleaning
B See Figure 40 for CGAM pump package unit schematic.

Figure 40. Pump package unit schematic

INLET

CONNECTIONS TO UNIT
C

OUTLET

Insulated Water Line Water Line

Table 31. Pump package components


Item Description Item Description Item Description
1 Centrifugal Pump (Dual pumps std) 9 Automatic Air Vent Pi Gauge
2 Water Strainer 10 Manual Air Bleed FT Water Flow Switch
3 Butterfly Valve 11 Drain Valve T1 Evap Water Inlet Temp Sensor
4 Inverter 12 Water Heater T2 Evap Water Outlet Temp Sensor
5 Valve for Pressure Point 13 Buffer Tank (Optional) A Optional Buffer Tank
6 Expansion Tank B Insulated Pump Box
7 N/A C Brazed plate differential pressure gauge and piping not supplied.
Must account for water head height difference when calculating
8 Evaporator heat exchanger brazed plate pressure differential.

52 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Pressure Drop Information -


Units with Optional Pump Package
Water only
Factory Installed Pump Package - Pump Curves.
Figure 41 through Figure 44, p. 54 show manufacturer
pump curves for factory-installed pump package.
Figure 41. Pump curve - 20-52T - water only

Figure 42. Pump curve - 60-70T - water only

CG-SVX17G-EN 53
Installation - Mechanical

Figure 43. Pump curve - 80-110T - water only

Figure 44. Pump curve - 120-130T - water only

54 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Unit Component Pressure Drop. Figure 45 shows the pressure drop values for unit components, including
evaporator, strainer, piping and valves.
Figure 45. Unit component pressure drop - water only

120
60 030
040
060 100
080
40

30
PRESSURE DROP (Ft. of H2O)

20

130
10
035
8 052 070 110
026 090
6 020

1
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 200 300 400
FLOW RATE (GPM)

System Head Pressure. See Figure 46 for the system head pressure available.

Note: System Head Pressure = Pump Pressure - Component Pressure)

Figure 46. CGAM pump package available head pressure - water only
120

100

026
PRESSURE HEAD (Ft. of H2O)

80

60
020

40
080
090

030
20 100
035
060 120
040 052 110
070 130
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
FLOW RATE (GPM)

CG-SVX17G-EN 55
Installation - Mechanical

Unit with Optional Pump Package Systems - Pump Package Requirements


Glycol
The following requirements must be met for proper
If using glycol in system, apply adjustment factors to operation of pump package:
pressure drops per the following formulas:
• Maximum working pressure 150 psig
• Glycol Pump Head = • Fluid type shown in Table 33
Water Pump Head x Pump Adjustment Factor Table 33. Working fluid
• Glycol Component Pressure Drop = Fluid Type Fluid Percent (of weight)
Components Pressure Drop x Component Adjustment
Water 100%
Factor
Ethylene Glycol 0-40%
Note: Propylene Glycol 0-45%

• For Water Pump Head, see Figure 41, p. 53 through


Figure 44, p. 54 • Customer pressure drop must not exceed pump
package head pressures found in section “General
• For Component Pressure Drop, see Figure 45, p. 55
Information,” p. 9.
• For Pump and Component Adjustment Factors, see
• If buffer tank option is selected, customer water
Table 32
volume must not exceed the values in Table 34, p. 57
and Table 35, p. 58. User volume expansion capacity is
Table 32. Brine adjustment factors
defined as the additional expansion volume usable for
Ethylene Glycol Propylene Glycol the customer if the chiller is installed with pump
package and buffer tank options.
Adjustment for Adjustment for
Percentage
Glycol Pump Components Pump Components
5% 1.004 1.085 1.004 1.165
10% 1.009 1.120 1.009 1.200
15% 1.015 1.155 1.015 1.235
20% 1.021 1.190 1.021 1.270
25% 1.028 1.235 1.028 1.300
30% 1.034 1.280 1.034 1.330
35% 1.040 1.345 1.040 1.365
40% 1.046 1.410 1.046 1.400
45% - - 1.051 1.460

56 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Mechanical

Expansion Tank -
Maximum Loop Volume
Expansion tanks supplied as part of the pump package Important: Chilled waterside pressure relief valve is
option will allow loop expansion due to ambient designed to open at 226 ft. If relief valve is
fluctuations for maximum loop volumes shown in opening at lower pressures, verify system
Table 34 and Table 35, p. 58. has sufficient expansion tank volume for the
Note: Negative values indicate that a field-installed tank water and/or glycol solution used.
is required to cover the expansion due to ambient
fluctuations of the fluid in the chiller.
Table 34. Maximum loop volume - gallons (external to the chiller)

Maximum Ambient = 100°F Maximum Ambient = 115°F


% Ethylene Glycol % Propylene Glycol % Ethylene Glycol % Propylene Glycol
Size Water 10 20 30 40 10 20 30 40 45 Water 10 20 30 40 10 20 30 40 45
WITHOUT BUFFER TANK
020 479 433 296 199 148 292 198 139 108 98 317 293 216 155 120 222 155 112 87 80
026 479 433 296 199 148 292 198 139 108 98 317 293 216 155 120 222 155 112 87 80
030 479 433 296 199 148 292 198 139 108 98 317 293 216 155 120 222 155 112 87 80
035 479 433 296 199 148 292 198 139 108 98 317 293 216 155 120 222 155 112 87 80
040 474 428 291 194 143 286 193 134 102 93 312 287 211 150 114 216 149 106 82 75
052 474 428 291 194 143 286 193 134 102 93 312 287 211 150 114 216 149 106 82 75
060 474 428 291 194 143 286 193 134 102 93 312 287 211 150 114 216 149 106 82 75
070 474 428 291 194 143 286 193 134 102 93 312 287 211 150 114 216 149 106 82 75
080 626 565 383 253 185 377 252 174 131 119 411 378 276 194 147 283 194 136 104 95
090 626 565 383 253 185 377 252 174 131 119 411 378 276 194 147 283 194 136 104 95
100 626 565 383 253 185 377 252 174 131 119 411 378 276 194 147 283 194 136 104 95
110 626 565 383 253 185 377 252 174 131 119 411 378 276 194 147 283 194 136 104 95
120 626 565 383 253 185 377 252 174 131 119 411 378 276 194 147 283 194 136 104 95
130 626 565 383 253 185 377 252 174 131 119 411 378 276 194 147 283 194 136 104 95
WITH BUFFER TANK
020 335 289 152 55 4 148 54 -5 -36 -46 173 149 72 11 -24 78 11 -32 -57 -64
026 335 289 152 55 4 148 54 -5 -36 -46 173 149 72 11 -24 78 11 -32 -57 -64
030 335 289 152 55 4 148 54 -5 -36 -46 173 149 72 11 -24 78 11 -32 -57 -64
035 335 289 152 55 4 148 54 -5 -36 -46 173 149 72 11 -24 78 11 -32 -57 -64
040 338 292 155 58 7 150 57 -2 -34 -43 176 151 75 14 -22 80 13 -30 -54 -61
052 338 292 155 58 7 150 57 -2 -34 -43 176 151 75 14 -22 80 13 -30 -54 -61
060 338 292 155 58 7 150 57 -2 -34 -43 176 151 75 14 -22 80 13 -30 -54 -61
070 338 292 155 58 7 150 57 -2 -34 -43 176 151 75 14 -22 80 13 -30 -54 -61
080 470 409 226 97 29 220 96 17 -25 -38 254 221 119 38 -9 127 38 -20 -52 -62
090 470 409 226 97 29 220 96 17 -25 -38 254 221 119 38 -9 127 38 -20 -52 -62
100 425 364 181 52 -16 175 51 -28 -70 -83 210 177 74 -7 -54 82 -7 -65 -97 -107
110 425 364 181 52 -16 175 51 -28 -70 -83 210 177 74 -7 -54 82 -7 -65 -97 -107
120 425 364 181 52 -16 175 51 -28 -70 -83 210 177 74 -7 -54 82 -7 -65 -97 -107
130 425 364 181 52 -16 175 51 -28 -70 -83 210 177 74 -7 -54 82 -7 -65 -97 -107

CG-SVX17G-EN 57
Installation - Mechanical

Table 35. Maximum loop volume - liters (external to the chiller)

Maximum Ambient = 100°F Maximum Ambient = 115°F


% Ethylene Glycol % Propylene Glycol % Ethylene Glycol % Propylene Glycol
Size Water 10 20 30 40 10 20 30 40 45 Water 10 20 30 40 10 20 30 40 45
WITHOUT BUFFER TANK
020 1813 1639 1121 754 561 1104 751 528 407 372 1201 1108 818 587 453 839 586 422 331 303
026 1813 1639 1121 754 561 1104 751 528 407 372 1201 1108 818 587 453 839 586 422 331 303
030 1813 1639 1121 754 561 1104 751 528 407 372 1201 1108 818 587 453 839 586 422 331 303
035 1813 1639 1121 754 561 1104 751 528 407 372 1201 1108 818 587 453 839 586 422 331 303
040 1793 1619 1101 734 541 1084 731 508 387 352 1181 1088 798 567 433 819 566 402 311 283
052 1793 1619 1101 734 541 1084 731 508 387 352 1181 1088 798 567 433 819 566 402 311 283
060 1793 1619 1101 734 541 1084 731 508 387 352 1181 1088 798 567 433 819 566 402 311 283
070 1793 1619 1101 734 541 1084 731 508 387 352 1181 1088 798 567 433 819 566 402 311 283
080 2370 2139 1448 958 701 1426 955 657 496 449 1555 1430 1044 736 558 1072 735 516 394 358
090 2370 2139 1448 958 701 1426 955 657 496 449 1555 1430 1044 736 558 1072 735 516 394 358
100 2370 2139 1448 958 701 1426 955 657 496 449 1555 1430 1044 736 558 1072 735 516 394 358
110 2370 2139 1448 958 701 1426 955 657 496 449 1555 1430 1044 736 558 1072 735 516 394 358
120 2370 2139 1448 958 701 1426 955 657 496 449 1555 1430 1044 736 558 1072 735 516 394 358
130 2370 2139 1448 958 701 1426 955 657 496 449 1555 1430 1044 736 558 1072 735 516 394 358
WITH BUFFER TANK
020 1268 1094 576 209 16 559 206 -17 -138 -173 656 563 273 42 -92 294 41 -123 -214 -242
026 1268 1094 576 209 16 559 206 -17 -138 -173 656 563 273 42 -92 294 41 -123 -214 -242
030 1268 1094 576 209 16 559 206 -17 -138 -173 656 563 273 42 -92 294 41 -123 -214 -242
035 1268 1094 576 209 16 559 206 -17 -138 -173 656 563 273 42 -92 294 41 -123 -214 -242
040 1278 1104 586 219 26 569 216 -7 -128 -163 666 573 283 52 -82 304 51 -113 -204 -232
052 1278 1104 586 219 26 569 216 -7 -128 -163 666 573 283 52 -82 304 51 -113 -204 -232
060 1278 1104 586 219 26 569 216 -7 -128 -163 666 573 283 52 -82 304 51 -113 -204 -232
070 1278 1104 586 219 26 569 216 -7 -128 -163 666 573 283 52 -82 304 51 -113 -204 -232
080 1778 1547 856 366 109 834 363 65 -96 -143 963 838 452 144 -34 480 143 -76 -198 -234
090 1778 1547 856 366 109 834 363 65 -96 -143 963 838 452 144 -34 480 143 -76 -198 -234
100 1608 1377 686 196 -61 664 193 -105 -266 -313 793 668 282 -26 -204 310 -27 -246 -368 -404
110 1608 1377 686 196 -61 664 193 -105 -266 -313 793 668 282 -26 -204 310 -27 -246 -368 -404
120 1608 1377 686 196 -61 664 193 -105 -266 -313 793 668 282 -26 -204 310 -27 -246 -368 -404
130 1608 1377 686 196 -61 664 193 -105 -266 -313 793 668 282 -26 -204 310 -27 -246 -368 -404

58 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Electrical
General Recommendations Installer-Supplied Components
As you review this manual, keep in mind that: Customer wiring interface connections are shown in the
• All field-installed wiring must conform to National electrical schematics and connection diagrams that are
Electric Code (NEC) guidelines, and any applicable shipped with the unit.The installer must provide the
state and local codes. Be sure to satisfy proper following components if not ordered with the unit:
equipment grounding requirements per NEC. • Power supply wiring (in conduit) for all field-wired
• Compressor motor and unit electrical data is listed on connections.
the chiller nameplate.
• All control (interconnecting) wiring (in conduit) for
• All field-installed wiring must be checked for proper
field supplied devices.
terminations, and for possible shorts or grounds.
• Circuit breakers.
Note: Always refer to wiring diagrams shipped with
chiller or unit submittal for specific electrical Power Supply Wiring
schematic and connection information.
WARNING
WARNING Proper Field Wiring and Grounding
Required!
Hazardous Voltage! All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified
Disconnect all electric power, including remote personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field
disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/ wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To
tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for
inadvertently energized. Failure to disconnect power field wiring installation and grounding as described in
before servicing could result in death or serious injury. NEC and your local/state electrical codes. Failure to
follow code could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING All power supply wiring must be sized and selected
Proper Field Wiring and Grounding accordingly by the project engineer in accordance with
Required! NECTable 310-16.
All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified
personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field
wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To
WARNING
avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements Hazardous Voltage!
for field wiring installation and grounding as described
Disconnect all electric power, including remote
in NEC and your local/state electrical codes. Failure to
disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/
follow code could result in death or serious injury.
tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be
inadvertently energized. Failure to disconnect power
NOTICE: before servicing could result in death or serious injury.

Use Copper Conductors Only! All wiring must comply with local codes and the National
Unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of Electrical Code.The installing (or electrical) contractor
conductors. Failure to use copper conductors could must provide and install the system interconnecting
result in equipment damage. wiring, as well as the power supply wiring. It must be
properly sized and equipped with the appropriate fused
NOTICE: disconnect switches.
The type and installation location(s) of the fused
Equipment Damage! disconnects must comply with all applicable codes.
Do not allow conduit to interfere with other
components, structural members or equipment.
Control voltage (115V) wiring in conduit must be NOTICE:
separate from conduit carrying low voltage (<30V)
wiring. To prevent control malfunctions, do not run low Use Copper Conductors Only!
voltage wiring (<30V) in conduit with conductors Unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of
carrying more than 30 volts. conductors. Failure to use copper conductors could
result in equipment damage.

CG-SVX17G-EN 59
Installation - Electrical

Knock-outs for wiring are located on the bottom right side


of the control panel.The wiring is passed through these
conduits and connected to the terminal blocks or HACR NOTICE:
type breakers. Refer to Table 36. Equipment Damage!
To provide proper phasing of 3-phase input, make Control panel main processor does not check for loss of
connections as shown in field wiring diagrams and as power to the heat tape nor does it verify thermostat
stated on the WARNING label in the starter panel. Proper operation. A qualified technician must verify power to
equipment ground must be provided to each ground the heat tape and confirm operation of the heat tape
connection in the panel (one for each customer-supplied thermostat to avoid catastrophic damage to the
conductor per phase). evaporator or partial heat recovery heat exchanger.

The high voltage field-provided connections are made Heater Power Supply
through knockouts on the right side of the panel.The low
voltage connections are made through the left side of the For units with freeze protection selected (model number
panel (Figure 36). Additional grounds may be required for digit 18 is “1”), the evaporator shell is insulated from
each 115 volt power supply to the unit. Green lugs are ambient air and protected from freezing temperatures by
provided for 115V customer wiring. a thermostatically-controlled immersion heaters. When
the ambient temperature drops to approximately 37°F
Control Power Supply (2.8°C) the thermostat energizes the heaters.The heaters
will provide protection from ambient temperatures down
The unit is equipped with a control power transformer; it
to -20°F (-29°C).
is not necessary to provide additional control power
voltage to the unit. No other loads should be connected to It is required to provide an independent power source
the control power transformer. (115V 60-Hz-20 amp, 50Hz-15 amp), with a fused-
disconnect to the heaters.The heaters are factory-wired
All units are factory-connected for appropriate labeled
back to the unit control panel.
voltages.
Note: If evaporator is drained, the heater must be turned
off in order to avoid damaging the evaporator.The
heater should only be on when the evaporator has
water in it.

Table 36. Power entrance

“Slant” 20-35 Ton “V” 40-70 Ton

Low Voltage Incoming


Low Voltage Incoming Power Power
ower Power

“W” 80-130 Ton

Incoming
Low Voltage
Power
Power

60 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Electrical

Partial Heat Recovery Power Supply t

The partial heat recover heat exchanger is insulated from NOTICE:


ambient air and protected from freezing temperatures by
an immersion heater. When the ambient air temperature
Equipment Damage!
drops to approximately 37°F (2.8°C) the thermostat If the microprocessor calls for a pump to start and
energizes the heaters.The heaters will provide protection water does not flow, the evaporator may be damaged
from ambient temperatures down to -20°F (-29°C). catastrophically. It is the responsibility of the installing
contractor and/or the customer to ensure that a pump
It is required to provide an independent power source will always be running when called upon by the chiller
(115V 60-Hz-20 amp, 50Hz-15 amp), with a fused- controls.
disconnect to the heater.The heaters are factory-wired
back to the unit control panel.
Note: If partial heat recovery heat exchanger is drained, Table 37. Pump relay operation
the heater must be turned off in order to avoid Chiller Mode Relay Operation
damaging the partial heat recovery heat exchanger.
Auto Instant close
The heater should only be on when the heat
recovery heat exchanger has water in it. Ice Building Instant close
Tracer Override Close
Water Pump Power Supply Stop Timed to Open
Provide power supply wiring with disconnect for the Ice Complete Instant Open
chilled water pump(s). Diagnostics Instant Open

Interconnecting Wiring When going from Stop to Auto, the EWP relay is energized
immediately. If evaporator water flow is not established in
Chilled Water Flow (Pump) Interlock 4 minutes and 15 seconds, the CH530 de-energizes the
EWP relay and generates a non-latching diagnostic. If flow
All CGAM model chillers have a factory-installed flow returns (e.g. someone else is controlling the pump), the
switch. In addition, it is recommended to use an additional diagnostic is cleared, the EWP relay is re-energized, and
field-supplied control voltage contact input through an normal control resumed.
auxiliary contact to prove flow. Connect the auxiliary
If evaporator water flow is lost once it has been
contact to 1X5-3 and 1X5-9. Refer to the field wiring for
established, the EWP relay remains energized and a non-
details.The auxiliary contact can be a BAS signal, starter
latching diagnostic is generated. If flow returns, the
contactor auxiliary or any signal which indicates the pump
diagnostic is cleared and the chiller returns to normal
is running.
operation.
Chilled Water Pump Control
An evaporator water pump output relay closes when the NOTICE:
chiller is given a signal to go into the Auto mode of
operation from any source.The contact is opened to turn Equipment Damage!
off the pump in the event of most machine level Do NOT enable/disable the chiller by removing water
diagnostics to prevent the build up of pump heat. flow or equipment damage can occur.
The relay output from 1A9 is required to operate the
In general, when there is either a non-latching or latching
EvaporatorWater Pump (EWP) contactor. Contacts should
diagnostic, the EWP relay is turned off as though there was
be compatible with 115/240 VAC control circuit. Normally,
a zero time delay.The relay continues to be energized with:
the EWP relay follows the AUTO mode of the chiller.
Whenever the chiller has no diagnostics and is in the AUTO A Low Chilled WaterTemperature diagnostic (non-
mode, regardless of where the auto command is coming latching) unless also accompanied by an Evap Leaving
from, the normally open relay is energized. When the WaterTemperature Sensor Diagnostic.
chiller exits the AUTO mode, the relay is timed to open in or
an adjustable (usingTechView) 0 to 30 minutes.The non-
AUTO modes in which the pump is stopped, include Reset, A Loss of EvaporatorWater Flow diagnostic (non-latching)
Stop, External Stop, Remote Display Stop, Stopped by and the unit is in the AUTO mode, after initially having
Tracer, Start Inhibited by Low AmbientTemp, and Ice proven evaporator water flow.
Building complete. Note: If pump control is used for freeze protection then
the pump MUST be controlled by the CGAM CH530
control. If another method of freeze protection is
used (i.e. glycol, heaters, purge, etc) then the pump
may be controlled by another system.

CG-SVX17G-EN 61
Installation - Electrical

Chilled Water Pump Control — When configured for Dual Pump Fixed Speed, the CH530
Field Supplied Dual Pumps will swap pumps on detection of a fault (if installed), or
when a flow loss or overdue event occurs. It will also
If the unit is configured for dual pump, fixed-speed switch pumps each time the overall pump request is
operations (two CH530-controlled pumps), CH530 removed and re-engaged, unless a fault is detected on one
provides two normally-open relay outputs (1A9), one for of the pumps. If faults are detected on both pumps, the unit
each pump, to command pump operation via a contactor. will be shut down.
The control alternates pump operation for each new
In addition to the factory installed flow switch, a field-
request for water flow. Restart during the pump off delay
supplied auxiliary contact is required, so that the chiller
does not cause pump switch.
will only detect flow if a pump is running and the flow
If evaporator water pump fault inputs are installed/used switch says flow is present.
(1A12), CH530 provides two low-voltage binary fault
inputs, one for each pump. A pump fault causes the Chilled Water Pump Control —
respective pump relay to de-energize. A pump fault causes Optional Pump Package
a “fault detected: evap pump X” diagnostic and an
automatic, immediate switch to the idle pump if the idle When factory installed pump package option is selected,
pump does not already have an active pump fault the chiller MUST control the pumps. See “Chilled Water
diagnostic. If both pumps have an active pump fault Pump Control,” p. 61.
diagnostic, unit operation will be prevented by a run
inhibit.The run inhibit will be removed if either pump’s
Alarm and Status Relay Outputs
fault diagnostic clears. A “no evap water pumps available” (Programmable Relays)
submode is displayed when the run inhibit is active. A programmable relay concept provides for enunciation of
In this situation, the unit will leave the factory with certain events or states of the chiller, selected from a list of
Evaporator Pump Control (EVPC) = No Pump Control likely needs, while only using four physical output relays,
(Pump Request Relay) (NPMP) and Evaporator Pump Fault as shown in the field wiring diagram.The four relays are
Input (EVFI) = Installed (INST).When the contactors and provided (generally with a Quad Relay Output LLID) as part
pumps are set up in the field, the CH530 ServiceTool of the Alarm Relay Output Option.The relay’s contacts are
(TechView) must be used to reconfigure to Evaporator isolated Form C (SPDT), suitable for use with 120 VAC
Pump Control = Dual Pump Fixed Speed and Evaporator circuits drawing up to 2.8 amps inductive, 7.2 amps
Pump Fault Input = Not Installed or Installed depending on resistive, or 1/3 HP and for 240 VAC circuits drawing up to
how the fault feedback wire is connected. It is strongly 0.5 amp resistive.
recommended to install the Fault Input if possible as the The list of events/states that can be assigned to the
controls will “hot-swap” the pumps upon detection of a programmable relays can be found in Table 38.The relay
fault, and may avoid the inevitable Flow Loss diagnostic will be energized when the event/state occurs.
(and unit shutdown) that will result if there is no fault
feedback.
Table 38. Alarm and status relay output configuration

Description
This output is true whenever there is any active diagnostic that requires a manual reset to clear, that affects either the
Alarm - Latching
Chiller, the Circuit, or any of the Compressors on a circuit. This classification does not include informational diagnostics.
This output is true whenever there is any active diagnostic that could automatically clear, that affects either the Chiller,
Alarm - Auto Reset
the Circuit, or any of the Compressors on a circuit. This classification does not include informational diagnostics.
This output is true whenever there is any diagnostic affecting any component, whether latching or automatically clearing.
Alarm
This classification does not include informational diagnostics
This output is true whenever there is any diagnostic effecting Refrigerant Circuit 1, whether latching or automatically
Alarm Ckt 1
clearing, including diagnostics affecting the entire chiller. This classification does not include informational diagnostics.
This output is true whenever there is any diagnostic affecting Refrigerant Circuit 2 whether latching or automatically
Alarm Ckt 2
clearing, including diagnostics effecting the entire chiller. This classification does not include informational diagnostics.
Chiller Limit Mode (with This output is true whenever the chiller has been running in one of the Unloading types of limit modes (Condenser,
a 20 minute filter) Evaporator, Current Limit or Phase Imbalance Limit) continuously for the last 20 minutes.
This output is true whenever any compressor is running (or commanded to be running) on Refrigerant Circuit 1, and false
Circuit 1 Running
when no compressors are commanded to be running on that circuit.
This output is true whenever any compressor is running (or commanded to be running) on Refrigerant Circuit 2, and false
Circuit 2 Running
when no compressors are commanded to be running on that circuit.
This output is true whenever any compressor is running (or commanded to be running) on the chiller and false when
Chiller Running
no compressors are commanded to be running on the chiller.
Maximum Capacity This output is true whenever the chiller has all compressors on. The output is false once one compressor is shut off.

62 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Electrical

Relay Assignments Using TechView opens, the unit will trip on a manually resettable
diagnostic.This condition requires manual reset at the
CH530 ServiceTool (TechView) is used to install the Alarm
chiller switch on the front of the control panel.
and Status Relay Option package and assign any of the
above list of events or status to each of the four relays Connect low voltage leads to terminal strip locations on
provided with the option.The relays to be programmed 1A13, J2-3 and 4. Refer to the field diagrams that are
are referred to by the relay’s terminal numbers on the LLID shipped with the unit.
board 1A18. Silver or gold-plated contacts are recommended.These
The default assignments for the four available relays of the customer-furnished contacts must be compatible with 24
CGAM Alarm and Status Package Option are: VDC, 12 mA resistive load.

External Auto/Stop
Table 39. Default relay assignments
If the unit requires the external Auto/Stop function, the
Relay installer must provide leads from the remote contact 6K4
to the proper terminals on 1A13, J2-1 and 2.
Relay 1 Terminals J2 -12,11,10: Compressor Running
Relay 2 Terminals J2 - 9,8,7: Latching Alarm The chiller will run normally when the contact is closed.
When the contact opens, the compressor(s), if operating,
Relay 3 Terminals J2-6,5,4: Chiller Limit Mode
will go to the RUN:UNLOAD operating mode and cycle off.
Relay 4 Terminals J2-3,2,1: Warning
Unit operation will be inhibited. Closure of the contact will
permit the unit to return to normal operation.
If any of the Alarm/Status relays are used, provide
electrical power, 115 VAC with fused-disconnect to the Field-supplied contacts for all low voltage connections
panel and wire through the appropriate relays (terminals must be compatible with dry circuit 24 VDC for a 12 mA
on 1A13. Provide wiring (switched hot, neutral, and resistive load. Refer to the field diagrams that are shipped
ground connections) to the remote annunciation devices. with the unit.
Do not use power from the chiller’s control panel
transformer to power these remote devices. Refer to the
field diagrams which are shipped with the unit. NOTICE:
Low Voltage Wiring Equipment Damage!
Do NOT enable/disable the chiller by removing water
flow or equipment damage can occur.
WARNING
Ice Building Option
Proper Field Wiring and Grounding
Required! CH530 provides auxiliary control for a customer specified/
installed contact closure for ice building if so configured
All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified and enabled.This output is known as the Ice Building
personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field
Status Relay.The normally open contact will be closed
wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To
avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements when ice building is in progress and open when ice
for field wiring installation and grounding as described building has been normally terminated either through Ice
in NEC and your local/state electrical codes. Failure to Termination setpoint being reached or removal of the Ice
follow code could result in death or serious injury. Building command. When contact 6K6 is provided, the
chiller will run normally when the contact is open.
CH530 will accept either an isolated contact closure
The remote devices described below require low voltage (External Ice Building command) or a Remote
wiring. All wiring to and from these remote input devices Communicated input (Tracer) to initiate and command the
to the Control Panel must be made with shielded, twisted Ice Building mode.
pair conductors. Be sure to ground the shielding only at CH530 also provides a “Front Panel IceTermination
the panel. Setpoint”, settable throughTechView, and adjustable from
Note: To prevent control malfunctions, do not run low 20 to 31°F (-6.7 to -0.5°C) in at least 1°F (1°C) increments.
voltage wiring (<30 V) in conduit with conductors When in the Ice Building mode, and the evaporator
carrying more than 30 volts. entering water temperature drops below the ice
termination setpoint, the chiller terminates the Ice
Emergency Stop Building mode and changes to the Ice Building Complete
CH530 provides auxiliary control for a customer specified/ Mode.
installed latching trip out. When this customer-furnished
remote contact 6K5 is provided, the chiller will run
normally when the contact is closed. When the contact

CG-SVX17G-EN 63
Installation - Electrical

Note: To convert ECWS values to °F, use the following


formula: °F = 1.8*(°C) + 32
NOTICE:
If the ECWS input develops an open or short, the LLID will
Evaporator Damage! report either a very high or very low value back to the main
Freeze inhibitor must be adequate for the leaving water processor.This will generate an informational diagnostic
temperature. Failure to do so may result in damage to and the unit will default to using the Front Panel
system components. (DynaView) Chilled Water Setpoint.
TechView ServiceTool is used to set the input signal type
TechView may also be used to enable or disable Ice
from the factory default of 2-10 VDC to that of 4-20 mA.
Machine Control.This setting does not prevent theTracer
TechView is also used to install or remove the External
from commanding Ice Building mode.
ChilledWater Setpoint option as well as a means to enable
Upon contact closure, the CH530 will initiate an ice and disable ECWS.
building mode, in which the unit runs fully loaded at all
times. Ice building shall be terminated either by opening External Demand Limit Setpoint (EDLS)
the contact or based on the entering evaporator water Option
temperature. CH530 will not permit the ice building mode
to be reentered until the unit has been switched out of ice CH530 provide a means to limit the capacity of the chiller
building mode (open 5K20 contacts) and then switched by limiting the number of compressors or stages that are
back into ice building mode (close 5K20 contacts.) allowed to run.The maximum number of compressor or
stages allowed to run can vary from one to the number of
In ice building, all limits (freeze avoidance, evaporator, stages on the unit.The staging algorithm is free to decide
condenser, current) will be ignored. All safeties will be which compressor or stage shall be turned off or
enforced. prevented from running to meet this requirement.
If, while in ice building mode, the unit gets down to the CH530 shall accept either a 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA analog
freeze stat setting (water or refrigerant), the unit will shut input suitable for customer connection to set the unit
down on a manually resettable diagnostic, just as in external demand limit setpoint (EDLS).
normal operation.
2-10 VDC and 4-20 mA shall each correspond to an EDLS
Connect leads from 6K6 to the proper terminals of 1A16. range with a minimum of 0% and a maximum of 100%.The
Refer to the field diagrams which are shipped with the unit. following equations exist.
Silver or gold-plated contacts are recommended.These
customer furnished contacts must be compatible with 24 Voltage Signal Current Signal
VDC, 12 mA resistive load.
As generated from
Vdc = 8*(EDLS) + 2 mA = 16*(EDLS) + 4
external source
External Chilled Water Setpoint (ECWS)
As processed by
Option CH530
EDLS = (Vdc - 2)/8 EDLS = (mA - 4)/16

The CH530 provides inputs that accept either 4-20 mA or 2- The minimum EDLS will be clamped at the front panel
10 VDC signals to set the external chilled water setpoint based on 100% /Total number of Compressors. For input
(ECWS).This is not a reset function.The input defines signals beyond the 2-10VDC or 4-20mA range, the end of
the set point.This input is primarily used with generic BAS range value shall be used. For example, if the customer
(building automation systems).The chilled water setpoint inputs 21 mA, the EDLS shall limit it self to the
set via the DynaView or through digital communication corresponding 20 mA EDLS.
withTracer.
The chilled water setpoint may be changed from a remote
ECWS and EDLS Analog Input Signal
location by sending either a 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA signal to Wiring Details
the 1A14, J2-1 and 2.The 2-10 VDC and 4-20 mA each Both the ESWS and EDLS can be connected and setup as
correspond to a 10 to 65°F (-12 to 18°C) external chilled either a 2-10 VDC (factory default), 4-20 mA, or resistance
water setpoint. input (also a form of 4-20 mA) as indicated below.
The following equations apply: Depending on the type to be used, theTechView Service
Tool must be used to configure the LLID and the MP for the
Voltage Signal
proper input type that is being used.This is accomplished
VDC = by a setting change on the CustomTab of the
(8*ECWS°F + 2*ECWSmax - 10*ECWSmin)/(ECWSmax - ECWSmin)
Configuration View withinTechView.
The J2-3 and J2-6 terminal is chassis grounded and
Current Signal
terminal J2-1 and J2-4 can be used to source 12 VDC.The
mA = ECLS uses terminals J2-2 and J2-3. EDLS uses terminals
(16*ECWS°F + 4*ECWSmax - 20*ECWSmin)/ (ECWSmax - ECWSmin)
J2-5 and J2-6. Both inputs are only compatible with
high-side current sources.

64 CG-SVX17G-EN
Installation - Electrical

CWS is the active chilled water set point before any reset
Figure 47. Wiring examples for ECLS and EDLS has occurred, e.g. normally Front Panel, Tracer, or ECWS
RESET RATIO is a user adjustable gain
START RESET is a user adjustable reference
TOD is the outdoor temperature
TWE is entering evap. water temperature
TWL is leaving evap. water temperature
MAXIMUM RESET is a user adjustable limit providing the
maximum amount of reset. For all types of reset, CWS' -
CWS < or = Maximum Reset.

Reset Maximum Increment Factory


Reset Ratio Start Reset Reset Default
Type Range Range Range IP SI Value

10- 4-30°F 0-20°F


Return 1% 1% 50%
120% (2.2-16.7°C) (0.0-11.1°C)

80- 50 - 130°F 0 - 20°F


Outdoor 1% 1% 10%
-80% (10-54.4°C) (0.0-11.1°C)

In addition to Return and Outdoor Reset, the MP provides


a menu item for the operator to select a Constant Return
Reset. Constant Return Reset will reset the leaving water
temperature set point so as to provide a constant entering
water temperature. The Constant Return Reset equation is
the same as the Return Reset equation except on selection
Chilled Water Reset (CWR) of Constant Return Reset, the MP will automatically set
CH530 resets the chilled water temperature set point Ratio, Start Reset, and Maximum Reset to the following.
based on either return water temperature, or outdoor air RATIO = 100%
temperature.
START RESET = Design Delta Temp.
The following shall be selectable:
MAXIMUM RESET = Design Delta Temp.
• One of three Reset Types: None, Return Water
Temperature Reset, Outdoor Air Temperature Reset, or The equation for Constant Return is then as follows:
Constant Return Water Temperature Reset. CWS' = CWS + 100% (Design Delta Temp. - (TWE - TWL))
• Reset Ratio Set Points. and CWS' > or = CWS
• For outdoor air temperature reset there shall be both and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset
positive and negative reset ratio's. When any type of CWR is enabled, the MP will step the
• Start Reset Set Points. Active CWS toward the desired CWS' (based on the above
• Maximum Reset Set Points. equations and setup parameters) at a rate of 1 degree F
every 5 minutes until the Active CWS equals the desired
The equations for each type of reset are as follows: CWS'. This applies when the chiller is running.
Return When the chiller is not running the CWS is reset
CWS' = CWS + RATIO (START RESET - (TWE - TWL)) immediately (within one minute) for Return Reset and at a
rate of 1 degree F every 5 minutes for Outdoor Reset. The
and CWS' > or = CWS
chiller will start at the Differential to Start value above a
and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset fully reset CWS or CWS' for both Return and Outdoor
Outdoor Reset.
CWS' = CWS + RATIO * (START RESET - TOD)
and CWS' > or = CWS
and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset
where
CWS' is the new chilled water set point or the "reset CWS"

CG-SVX17G-EN 65
Installation - Electrical

Percent Capacity Output Option Table 40. Wire size


CH530 provides an optional percent capacity output for Maximum Length of
those customers without a communicating BAS interface. Wire Size Communication Wire
The active unit capacity (AUC) is provided through a 2-10
14 AWG (2.5 mm2) 5,000 FT (1525 m)
VDC analog output at 1A25 terminals J2-4 and J2-6 (GND).
16 AWG (1.5 mm2) 2,000 FT (610 m)
The active unit capacity value (in %) can be derived from
the 2-10 VDC output voltage (OV) using the following 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) 1,000 FT (305 m)
calculation:
• The communication link cannot pass between
AUC = 100*(OV - 2.0V)/(10.0V - 2.0V) buildings.
• All units on the communication link can be connected
Note: The percent capacity output is based on the in a “daisy chain” configuration.
number and size of compressors energized, and is
not adjusted for operating conditions.This value LonTalk Communications Interface for
cannot be used as an accurate measure of total unit Chillers (LCI-C)
current, power or cooling capacity.
CH530 provides an optional LonTalk® Communication
Interface (LCI-C) between the chiller and a Building
Communications Interface Automation System (BAS). An LCI-C LLID shall be used to
options provide “gateway”. functionality between a LonTalk
compatible device and the Chiller.The inputs/outputs
include both mandatory and optional network variables as
Tracer Communications Interface
established by the LonMark® Functional Chiller Profile
This option allows theTracer™ CH530 controller to 8040.
exchange information (e.g. operating setpoints and Auto/
Note: For more information, see ACC-SVN25*-EN.
Standby commands) with a higher-level control device,
such as aTracer Summit or a multiple-machine controller. BACnet Interface (BCI-C)
A shielded, twisted pair connection establishes the bi-
directional communications link between theTracer Optional BACnet® Communication Interface for Chillers
CH530 and the building automation system. (BCI-C) is comprised of aTracer UC400 controller with
interface software. It is a non-programmable
Note: To prevent control malfunctions, do not run low
communications module that allows units to
voltage wiring (<30 V) in conduit with conductors
communicate on a BACnet communications network.
carrying more than 30 volts.
Note: For more information, see BAS-SVP05*-EN.
WARNING
Proper Field Wiring and Grounding
Required!
All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified
personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field
wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To
avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for
field wiring installation and grounding as described in
NEC and your local/state electrical codes. Failure to
follow code could result in death or serious injury.

Field wiring for the communication link must meet the


following requirements:
• All wiring must be in accordance with the NEC and
local codes.
• Communication link wiring must be shielded, twisted
pair wiring (Belden 8760 or equivalent). See the table
below for wire size selection:

66 CG-SVX17G-EN
CGAM Operating Principles
This section contains an overview of the operation of
CGAM air-cooled liquid chiller equipped with
microcomputer-based control systems. It describes the
overall operating principles of the CGAM water chiller.
Note: To ensure proper diagnosis and repair, contact a
qualified service organization if a problem should
occur.

General
The Model CGAM units are scroll compressor air-cooled
liquid chillers.These units are equipped with unit-
mounted starter/control panels and operates with R-410A
refrigerant.
The basic components of an CGAM unit are:
• Unit-mounted panel containing starter andTracer
CH530 controller and Input/Output LLIDS
• Scroll compressors
• Brazed plate evaporator
• Air-cooled condenser with subcooler
• Electronic expansion valve
• Optional partial heat recovery
• Related interconnecting piping.

Components of a typical CGAM unit are identified in the


following diagrams.

CG-SVX17G-EN 67
CGAM Operating Principles

Base Units
Figure 48. Slant 20-35 ton component location

Discharge line
Drain
Service valves Vent valve
Ball valve High pressure side High pressure side Flow
Low pressure side valve switch
Schrader Schrader
Schrader

Figure 49. V 40-70 ton component location - circuit 1

High pressure side Discharge line


Schrader Low pressure Ball valve
side Schrader

68 CG-SVX17G-EN
CGAM Operating Principles

Figure 50. V 40-70 ton component location- circuit 2

Flow Vent
switch Drain
valve valve Service Discharge line Low pressure side High pressure side
valves ball valve Schrader Schrader

Figure 51. W 80-130 ton component location - compressor view

CG-SVX17G-EN 69
CGAM Operating Principles

Figure 52. W 80-130 ton component location - evaporator side

Pump Package Components - Optional

Figure 53. Pump package components, slant 20-35T, view 1

Expansion tank

Pump

Manual air bleed

Gauge
Pressure port

Butterfly Valve

Pressure port

Strainer

Thermostat

Blow down valve


Victaulic coupling Handle
Flexible hose
Junction box Immersion heater
Relief valve

70 CG-SVX17G-EN
CGAM Operating Principles

Figure 54. Pump package components, slant 20-35T, view 2

Junction
Temperature sensor
box

Thermostat
Thermostat

Immersion
heaters
Temperature
sensor
Flow switch
Drain valve

Pressure port
Butterfly valve

Figure 55. Pump package components, V40-70T, view 1


Manual air bleed
Victaulic coupling
Pump
Temperature sensor
Relief valve

Junction
box

Drain Valve
Immersion
Heater
Expansion tank
Handle Pressure port

Gauge Thermostat
pressure Flexible hose Blow down valve
port

CG-SVX17G-EN 71
CGAM Operating Principles

Figure 56. Pump package components, V40-70T, view 2

Immersion
Heaters
Victaulic
coupling

Strainer Temp
sensor
Butterfly
valve

Pressure port

Butterfly valve/balance valve


Drain valve

Figure 57. Pump package components — V 40-70 ton — view 3

Pressure port

Immersion
Flow switch Heater

72 CG-SVX17G-EN
CGAM Operating Principles

Figure 58. Pump package components — W 80-130 ton — view 1

Buffer tank (optional)

Auto air bleed


Expansion tank

Junction box Pump


Thermostat
Flexible Hose

Immersion
heater
Victaulic coupling

Butterfly valve

Thermostat Immersion
heater
Strainer
Gauge
Blow down valve pressure port
Handle Junction box
Relief Valve

Figure 59. Pump package components — W 80-130 ton — view 2

Victaulic
coupling
Immersion
heater
Victaulic
coupling
Temperature
sensor
Immersion
heater
Temperature
Manual sensor
air bleed

Pressure port
Drain valve
Butterfly valve
Flow switch
Pressure port

CG-SVX17G-EN 73
CGAM Operating Principles

Buffer Tank Components - Optional

Figure 60. Buffer tank components — slant 20-35 ton & V 40-70 ton

Auto air bleed Auto air bleed


Victaulic coupling

Thermostat

Pressure
port

Victaulic
coupling

Junction box

Immersion heater

Partial Heat Recovery Components

Figure 61. Partial heat recovery components, slant 20-35T


Pressure
Manual Air Bleed Victaulic Coupling HPC Transducer

Temperature Sensor

Schrader
Valve

Temperature
Sensor

Immersion
Heater

Drain Valve BPHE

74 CG-SVX17G-EN
CGAM Operating Principles

Figure 62. Partial heat recovery components, V40-70T

Temperature Sensor Victaulic Couplings


Pressure Transducer

HPC

Schrader Valve

Manual Air Bleed

Immersion Heater

BPHE

Drain Valve

Figure 63. Partial heat recovery components — W 80-130 ton

Victaulic Coupling Manual Air Bleed


Pressure Transducer Schrader Valve

HPC

Temperature Sensor

BPHE Drain Valve Immersion Heater

Temperature Sensor

CG-SVX17G-EN 75
CGAM Operating Principles

Refrigerant Cycle Figure 64. Pressure/enthalpy curve

The refrigeration cycle of the Model CGAM chiller is


conceptually similar to otherTrane air-cooled chiller
products.The CGAM chiller uses a brazed plate evaporator Liquid
and an air-cooled condenser.The compressors use suction 3
4 2
gas cooled motors and an oil management system to
provide almost oil-free refrigerant to the condenser and

Pressure
evaporator for maximum heat transfer while lubricating
and sealing compressor bearings.The lubrication system
5 1
helps to assure long compressor life and contributes to
quiet operation. Gas

Refrigerant condensers in the air-cooled heat exchanger


which is available in three configurations—slant, V and
Enthalpy
W—based on the CGAM nominal tonnage cooling
capacity. Liquid refrigerant is metered into the brazed plate
evaporator using an electronic expansion valve to
maximize chiller efficiency at full and part load operation.
Oil System Operation (CGAM)
The CGAM chiller is equipped with a unit-mounted starter The oil is efficiently separated inside the scroll compressor
and control panel. Microprocessor-based unit control and will remain in the scroll compressor during all run
modules (TraneTracer™CH530) provide accurate chilled cycles. Between 1-2% of the oil circulates around with the
water control and provide monitoring, protection and refrigerant.
adaptive limit functions.The adaptive nature of the
controls intelligently prevent the chiller from operating
outside of its limits, or compensates for unusual operating
conditions while keeping the chiller running rather than
simply shutting off the chiller. If problems do occur, the
CH530 controls provide diagnostic messages to help the
operator in troubleshooting.

Refrigerant Cycle Description


The CGAM refrigeration cycle is described using the
pressure-enthalpy chart shown in Figure 64. Key State
Points 1 through 5 are indicated on the chart. A schematic
showing refrigerant components throughout the system
is shown in Figure 64.
Refrigerant evaporation occurs in the brazed plate
evaporator. Metered refrigerant vaporizes as it cools the
chilled water or liquid flowing through the evaporator
passages.The refrigerant vapor leaves the evaporator as
superheated gas. State Point 1.
Refrigerant vapor generated in the evaporator flows to the
compressor suction manifold where it enters and flows
across the compressor motor windings to provide cooling.
The vapor is then compressed in the compressor scroll
chambers and discharged. Oil from the compressor sump
lubricates the bearings and seals the small clearances
between the compressor scrolls. Refrigerant vapor is
discharged to the air-cooled condenser at State Point 2.
After the refrigerant vapor condenses into liquid (State
Points 3 and 4) it is returned to the evaporator (State Point
5) where the refrigerant again flashes into vapor and the
refrigeration cycle repeats.

76 CG-SVX17G-EN
Controls Interface
CH530 Communications DynaView Interface
Overview The DynaView enclosure design is weatherproof and
made of durable plastic for use as a device on the outside
TheTrane CH530 control system that runs the chiller of the unit.
consists of several elements:
The display on DynaView is a 1/4 VGA display with a
• The main processor collects data, status, and resistive touch screen and an LED backlight.The display
diagnostic information and communicates commands area is approximately 4 inches wide by 3 inches high
to the starter module and the LLID (for Low Level (102mm x 60mm).
Intelligent Device) bus.The main processor has an
integral display (DynaView™). Key Functions
• Low level intelligent device (LLID) bus.The main In this touch screen application, key functions are
processor communicates to each input and output determined completely by software and change
device (e.g. temperature and pressure sensors, low depending upon the subject matter currently being
voltage binary inputs, analog input/output) all displayed.The basic touch screen functions are outlined
connected to a four-wire bus, rather than the below.
conventional control architecture of signal wires for
each device. Radio Buttons
• The communication interface to a building automation Radio buttons show one menu choice among two or more
system (BAS). alternatives, all visible.The radio button model mimics the
buttons used on old-fashioned radios to select stations.
• A service tool to provide all service/maintenance
When one is pressed, the one that was previously pressed
capabilities.
“pops out” and the new station is selected. In the
Main processor and service tool (TechView™) software is DynaView model the possible selections are each
downloadable from www.trane.com.The process is associated with a button.The selected button is darkened,
discussed later in this section underTechView Interface. presented in reverse video to indicate it is the selected
DynaView provides bus management. It has the task of choice.The full range of possible choices as well as the
restarting the link, or filling in for what it sees as “missing” current choice is always in view.
devices when normal communications has been Spin Value Buttons
degraded. Use ofTechView may be required.
Spin values are used to allow a variable setpoint to be
The CH530 uses the IPC3 protocol based on RS485 signal
changed, such as leaving water setpoint.The value
technology and communicating at 19.2 Kbaud to allow 3
increases or decreases by touching the increment (+) or
rounds of data per second on a 64-device network. A
decrement (-) arrows.
typical four-compressor CGAM will have around 30
devices. Action Buttons
Most diagnostics are handled by the DynaView. If a Action buttons appear temporarily and provide the user
temperature or pressure is reported out of range by a LLID, with a choice such as Enter or Cancel.
the DynaView processes this information and calls out the
diagnostic.The individual LLIDs are not responsible for Hot Links
any diagnostic functions. Hot links are used to navigate from one view to another
Note: It is imperative that the CH530 ServiceTool view.
(TechView) be used to facilitate the replacement of
any LLID or reconfigure any chiller component.
File Folder Tabs
TechView is discussed later in this section. File folder tabs are used to select a screen of data. Just like
tabs in a file folder, these serve to title the folder/screen
Controls Interface selected, as well as provide navigation to other screens. In
Each chiller is equipped with a DynaView interface.The DynaView, the tabs are in one row across the top of the
DynaView has the capability to display information to the display.The folder tabs are separated from the rest of the
operator including the ability to adjust settings. Multiple display by a horizontal line.Vertical lines separate the tabs
screens are available and text is presented in multiple from each other.The folder that is selected has no
languages as factory-ordered or can be easily downloaded horizontal line under its tab, thereby making it look like a
from www.trane.com. part of the current folder (as would an open folder in a file
cabinet).The user selects a screen of information by
TechView can be connected to the DynaView module and
touching the appropriate tab.
provides further data, adjustment capabilities, diagnostics
information using downloadable software.

CG-SVX17G-EN 77
Controls Interface

Display Screens The AUTO and STOP keys, take precedence over the Enter
and Cancel keys. (While a setting is being changed, AUTO
and STOP keys are recognized even if Enter or Cancel has
Basic Screen Format not been pressed.)

The basic screen format appears as: The ALARMS button appears only when an alarm is
present, and blinks (by alternating between normal and
File folder tabs Tab navigator reverse video) to draw attention to a diagnostic condition.
Pressing the ALARMS button takes you to the
corresponding tab for additional information.

Auto, Stop/Immediate Stop


Page scroll
(down)
The Auto and Stop keys will be presented as radio buttons
Page scroll Line scroll within the persistent key display area. The selected key
(up) (up/down)
will be black.
The chiller will stop when the Stop key is touched, entering
Contrast control Contrast control the Run Unload mode. An informational screen will be
(lighter) (darker) displayed for 5 seconds indicating that a second
Radio buttons
depression of an “Immediate Stop” key during this time
period will result in an immediate stop. Pressing the
“Immediate Stop” key while the immediate stop screen is
displayed, will cause the unit to stop immediately,
The file folder tabs across the top of the screen are used to skipping operational pumpdown.
select the various display screens.
Scroll arrows are added if more file tabs (choices) are
available. When the tabs are at the left most position, the
left navigator will not show and only navigation to the right
will be possible. Likewise when the right most screen is
selected, only left navigation will be possible.
The main body of the screen is used for description text,
data, setpoints, or keys (touch sensitive areas). The Chiller
Mode is displayed here.
The double up arrows cause a page-by-page scroll either
up or down. The single arrow causes a line by line scroll to
occur. At the end of the page, the appropriate scroll bar will
disappear.
A double arrow pointing to the right indicates more
information is available about the specific item on that NOTICE:
same line. Pressing it will bring you to a subscreen that will
present the information or allow changes to settings. Equipment Damage!
The bottom of the screen (Fixed Display) is present in all Do NOT enable/disable the chiller by removing water
screens and contains the following functions. The left flow or equipment damage can occur.
circular area is used to reduce the contrast/viewing angle
of the display. The right circular area is used to increase Touching the Auto key will arm the chiller for active cooling
the contrast/viewing angle of the display. The contrast if no diagnostic is present. As in UCP2, a separate action
may require re-adjustment at ambient temperatures must be taken to clear active diagnostics.
significantly different from those present at last The AUTO and STOP, take precedence over the ENTER and
adjustment. CANCEL keys. (While a setting is being changed, AUTO
The other functions are critical to machine operation. The and STOP keys are recognized even if ENTER or CANCEL
AUTO and STOP keys are used to enable or disable the has not been pressed.
chiller. The key selected is in black (reverse video). The
chiller will stop when the STOP key is touched and after Diagnostic Annunciation
completing the Shutting Down mode. When an active diagnostic is present, an Alarms key will be
Touching the AUTO key will enable the chiller for active added to the persistent display area. This key will serve
cooling if no diagnostic is present. (A separate action must two purposes. The first purpose will be to alert the
be taken to clear active diagnostics.) operator that a diagnostic exists. The second purpose is to
provide navigation to a diagnostic display screen.
78 CG-SVX17G-EN
Controls Interface

Diagnostic Screen

The Main screen shall be the default screen. After an idle


time of 30 minutes the CH530 shall display the Main screen
A complete listing of diagnostics and codes is included in
with the first data fields.
the Diagnostic Section.
The remaining items (listed in the following table) will be
Manual Override Exists viewed by selecting the up/down arrow icons.
An indicator to present the presence of a manual override
will share space with the Alarms enunciator key. While a Table 41. Main Screen Data Fields Table
manual override exists, the space used for the Alarms key
Description Units Resolution
will be occupied by a “Manual” icon, that will display solid
inverse color similar to the appearance of the Alarms Chiller Mode (>> submodes) enumeration

enunciator. An Alarm will take precedence of the Manual, Circuit Mode (>> submodes) enumeration
until the reset of active alarms, at which point the Manual Circuit 1 Mode (>> submodes) enumeration
indicator would re-appear if such an override exists. Circuit 2 Mode (>> submodes) enumeration
If the Manual indicator is pressed, the Manual Control Evap Ent/Lvg Water Temp F/C 0.1
Settings screen will be displayed. Active Chilled Water Setpoint
F/C 0.1
(>>source)
Active Hot Water Setpoint (>>source) F / C 0.1
Active Demand Limit Setpoint
% 1
(>>source)
Outdoor Air Temperature F/C 0.1
Software Type enumeration Scroll
Software Version X.XX

Chiller Operating Mode


The machine-operating mode indicates the operational
status of the chiller. A subscreen with additional mode
summary information will be provided by selection of an
additional information icon (>>). The operating mode line
Main Screen will remain stationary while the remaining status items
scroll with the up/down arrow keys.
The Main screen is a “dashboard” of the chiller. High level
status information is presented so that a user can quickly Active Chilled Water Setpoint
understand the mode of operation of the chiller.
The active chilled water setpoint is the setpoint that is
The Chiller Operating Mode will present a top level
currently in use. It results from the logical hierarchy of
indication of the chiller mode (i.e. Auto, Running, Inhibit,
setpoint arbitration by the main processor. It will be
Run Inhibit, etc.). The “additional info” icon will present a
displayed to 0.1 degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius.
subscreen that lists in further detail the subsystem modes.
Touching the double arrow to the left of the Active Chilled
Water Setpoint will take the user to the active chilled water
setpoint arbitration sub-screen.

CG-SVX17G-EN 79
Controls Interface

Active Chilled Water Subscreen Password-Protected Settings


The active chilled water setpoint is that setpoint to which The user can change some settings from the DynaView
the unit is currently controlling. It is the result of arbitration display on the chiller. Other settings are password-
between the front panel, BAS, schedule, external, and protected. In order to change these setting the password is
auxiliary setpoints (schedule and auxiliary not shown in 314.
the following diagram), which in turn may be subjected to
a form of chilled water reset.
Settings Screen
The Settings screen provides a user the ability to adjust
settings necessary to support daily tasks. The layout
provides a list of sub-menus, organized by typical
subsystem. This organization allows each subscreen to be
shorter in length which should improve the user's
navigation.
A sample Settings screen is a list of the subsystems as
shown below.

The chilled water reset status area in the right most column
will display one of the following messages
• Return
• Constant Return
• Outdoor
• Disabled
The left column text “Front Panel”, “BAS” or “Schedule”,
“External”, “Auxiliary”, “Chilled Water Reset”, and “Active Settings Sub-Screens - Table of Text, Data,
Chilled Water Setpoint” will always be present regardless Ranges, etc.
of installation or enabling those optional items. In the Below is the table of text, resolution, field size, enumerated
second column “-----” will be shown if that option is Not selections, and data for Settings subscreens. See the
Installed, otherwise the current setpoint from that source functional specification “CGAM Settings and Setpoints”
will be shown. for further information such as ranges and operation.
Setpoints that are adjustable from the DynaView™ (Front
Panel Chilled Water Setpoint, Auxiliary Chilled Water
Table 42. Unit
Setpoint) will provide navigation to their respective
setpoint change screen via a double-arrow to the right of Resolution or
the setpoint source text. The setpoint change screen will Description (Enumerations) Units
look identical to the one provided in the Chiller Setpoints Front Panel Cool Cool Enum
screen. The “Back” button on the setpoint change screen
Front Panel Chilled Water Setpt: + or - XXX.X Temperature
provides navigation back to the setpoint arbitration
screen. Auxiliary Chilled Water Setpt: + or - XXX.X Temperature
Front Panel Demand Limit Setpt: XXX Percent
The “Back” button on the setpoint arbitration screen
provides navigation back to the chiller screen. Front Panel Ice Build Cmd: On/Auto Enum
Front Panel Ice Term Setpt: + or - XXX.X Temperature
Other Active Setpoints Front Panel Noise Stb Cmd: On/Auto Enum
The Active Demand Limit Setpoint will behave the same (BAS/Ext/FP, Ext/
was as the Active Chilled Water Setpoint, except that its Setpoint Source: Front Panel, Front Enum
Panel), BAS/Ext/FP
units are in percent and there is an Ice Building source in
place of the Auxiliary source. Front Panel Demand Limit
Setpoint will provide navigation to its setpoint change
screen.

80 CG-SVX17G-EN
Controls Interface

Table 46. Control settings


Table 43. Feature settings
Resolution or
(Enumeration
Resolution or
Description s), Default Units
(Enumerations),
Description Default Units Delta
Cooling Design Delta Temp: XXX.X
Temperature
Seconds
Power-Up Start Delay: 10 seconds Delta
(MM:SS) Heating Design Delta Temp: XXX.X
Temperature
(Enable, Disable),
Cool Low Ambient Lockout: Enum Delta
Enable Differential to Start: XXX.X
Temperature
Cool Low Ambient Lockout Stpt: + or - XXX.X Temperature
Delta
Minutes Differential to Stop: XXX.X
Water Pump Off Delay: 1 minute Temperature
(HH:MM)
Delta
(Enable, Disable), Staging Deadband Adjustment: XXX.X
Ice Building: Enum Temperature
Disable
Seconds
(Enable, Disable), Capacity Control Softload Time: 120 seconds
PHR Fan Control: Enum (MM:SS)
Disable
(Bal Starts/Hrs,
Subscreen (see Circuit 1 Lead,
Local Time of Day Schedule Circuit Staging Option: Enum
below) Circuit 2 Lead),
Subscreen (see Bal Starts/Hrs
External/BAS
below) (Fixed, Bal
Compressor Staging Option: Enum
Subscreen (see Starts/Hrs)
Chilled Water Reset
below) Leaving Water Temp Cutout: XX.X Temperature
Low Refrigerant Temp Cutout: XX.X Temperature

Table 44. External/BAS feature settings (subscreen of Seconds


Evap Flow Overdue Wait Time: 30 seconds
(MM:SS)
feature settings)
Disch Press Limit Setpt: 85% Percent
Resolution or Disch Press Limit Unload Setpt: 97% Percent
(Enumerations
Description ), Default Units
(Enable, Disable), Table 47. System manual control settings
Ext Chilled Setpt: Enum
Disable
(Enable, Disable), Resolution or
Ext Demand Limit Setpoint: Enum (Enumerations)
Disable
Description , Default Units Monitor Value
Max Capacity Debounce Time: 30 seconds Seconds (MM:SS)
1) Evap Flow status
Limit Annunc Debounce Time: 30 seconds Seconds (MM:SS) Evap Water
(Auto, On), Auto Enum 2) Override Time
Pump
LCI-C Diag Encoding: (Text, Code) Text Enum Remaining
(English, Selection 1) Restart Inhibit
Clear Restart
LCI-C Diag Language: 2, Selection 3) Enum (Clear Timer) Time (composite
Inhibit Timer
English (0) value)
Capacity (Auto, Manual)
Enum
Control Auto
Table 45. Chilled water reset feature settings (subscreen Binding Special Special None
of feature settings)

Resolution or
Table 48. Circuit manual control settings
(Enumerations
Description ), Default Units
Resolution or
(Const Return, (Enumerations), Monitor
Chilled Water Reset: Outdoor, Return, Enum Description Default Units Value
Disable), Disable
(Not Locked Out,
Return Reset Ratio: XXX Percent
Front Panel Ckt Lockout Locked Out), Not Enum
Return Start Reset: XXX.X Temperature Locked Out

Return Maximum Reset: XXX.X Temperature (Not Locked Out,


Cprsr A Lockout Locked Out), Not Enum
Outdoor Reset Ratio: XXX Percent Locked Out
Outdoor Start Reset: XXX.X Temperature (Not Locked Out,
Outdoor Maximum Reset: XXX.X Temperature Cprsr B Lockout Locked Out), Not Enum
Locked Out

CG-SVX17G-EN 81
Controls Interface

Table 48. Circuit manual control settings (continued) This screen shows the overall feature enable/disable
setting, plus a listing of all 10 events, including their event
Resolution or time and active days of the week.
(Enumerations), Monitor
Description Default Units Value
(Not Locked Out,
Cprsr C Lockout Locked Out), Not Enum
Locked Out
Manual EXV Control: (Auto, Manual), Auto Enum
EXV
Status
Manual EXV Position Cmd: XXX Percent
Suction
Pressure
Cooling EXV Manual Ctrl: (Auto, Manual), Auto Enum
EXV
Cooling EXV Manual Status
XXX Percent
Position Cmd: Suction
Pressure
Status: (Avail, Not
Avail, Pumpdown) Local Settings Event Screen
Override Subscreen This screen displays the details for a particular event,
command buttons: Suction
Cprsr A Pumpdown Enum including the active days, event time, and the Local
(Abort, Pumpdown) - Pressure
button is either Schedule arbitrated setpoints. Selecting a given item will
grayed out or not allow the user to modify it.
shown if not available
Status: (Avail, Not
Avail, Pumpdown)
Override Subscreen
command buttons: Suction
Cprsr B Pumpdown Enum
(Abort, Pumpdown) - Pressure
button is either
grayed out or not
shown if not available
Status: (Avail, Not
Avail, Pumpdown)
Override Subscreen
command buttons: Suction
Cprsr C Pumpdown Enum
(Abort, Pumpdown) - Pressure
button is either
grayed out or not
shown if not available

Local Time of Day Schedule


Screen
To access the optional Local Time of Day Schedule Screen
it must be configured in TechView™. This option will then
be shown under the Feature Settings screen.

82 CG-SVX17G-EN
Controls Interface

Event Enable/Disable Screen

Table 49. Display settings


Event Active Days Screen
This screen is unusual because it does not use radio Resolution or
buttons, which only allow one active selection at a time. Description (Enumerations), Default Units
These buttons are more like “selection buttons” or check (“mmm dd, yyyy”, “dd-mmm-
Date Format Enum
boxes. The user can select any combination of days, or yyyy”), “mmm dd, yyyy
none at all. Date4
Time Format (12-hour, 24-hour), 12-hour Enum
Time of Day4
Keypad/Display Lockout3 (Enable, Disable), Disable Enum
Display Units (SI, English), English Enum
Pressure Units (Absolute, Gauge), Gauge Enum
Pressure
Local Atmospheric
XXX.X (always
Pressure:
absolute)
(English, Selection 2,
Language1 Enum
Selection 3), English (0)
(1) Language choices are dependent on what the Service Tool has setup
in the Main Processor. Get Radio Button names from Main Processor
setups. Language selections will include English and qty 2 alternate as
loaded by TechView™.
(2) Temperatures will be adjustable to 0.1 deg F or C. The Main Processor
Event Time Screen will provide the minimum and maximum allowable value.
(3) Enables a DynaView™ Lockout screen. All other screens time-out in 30
minutes to this screen. The DynaView Lockout Screen will have 0-9 key-
pad to permit the user to re-enter the other DynaView screens with a
fixed password. See below for further details.
(4) The Date and Time setup screen formats deviate slightly from the stan-
dard screens defined above. See the alternate screen layouts below.
(5) Language shall always be the last setting listed on the Control Settings
menu (which will also always be the last item listed on the Settings
menu list). This will allow a user to easily find language selection if look-
ing at an unrecognizable language.
(6) The pump on mode terminates after 60 minutes.

Upon selecting a Settings list all setpoints available to


change and the current value appear. Operator selects a
setpoint by touching either the verbal description or
setpoint value, causing the screen to switch to either
Analog Settings Subscreen or Enumerated Settings
Subscreen.
Event Arbitrated Settings Screens
For analog setpoints, the screen is slightly different than Analog Setting Subscreens
the standard screen, because there are two additional Analog Settings Subscreen displays the current value of
buttons - “Used” and “Not Used”. Selecting “Used” will the chosen setpoint in the upper ½ of the display. It is
make the setting valid and allow the user to change the displayed in a changeable format consistent with its type.
value. Selecting “Not Used” will make the setting invalid, Binary setpoints are considered to be simple two state
and will not allow the user to change the value. enumerations and will use radio buttons. Analog setpoints

CG-SVX17G-EN 83
Controls Interface

are displayed as spin buttons. The lower half of the screen


is reserved for help screens.

Date/Time Subscreen
All setpoint subscreens will execute the equivalent of a The setpoint screen for setting up the CH530 date is shown
Cancel key if any display activities cause the subscreen to below: The user must select Day, Month, or Year and then
be left before a new setpoint is entered. E.g. If Alarms key use the up/down arrows to adjust.
is pressed before a new setpoint is entered, new setpoint
will be cancelled. The same applies to any time-outs.
Pressing the Auto or Stop keys will not cause a cancel
since the setpoint subscreen is not left on this action.

Enumerated Settings Subscreen


The enumerated setpoint subscreen has no cancel or enter
key. Once a radio key is depressed the item is immediately
set to the new enumeration value.

The setpoint screen for setting up the CH530 time with a 12


hour format is shown below. User must select Hour, or
Minute, then use up/down arrows to adjust. Adjusting
hours will also adjust am/pm.

Mode Override Subscreens


The Mode Override subscreen has no cancel or enter key.
Once a radio key is depressed that new value is
immediately assumed.
Mode Override for Enumerated Settings is shown below:

84 CG-SVX17G-EN
Controls Interface

Lockout Screen
Table 50. Report name: system evaporator
The DynaView™ Display and Touch Screen Lock screen is
Description Resolution Units
shown. This screen is used if the Display and Touch Screen
Lock feature is Enabled. Thirty minutes after the last key Evap Entering Water Temp: + or - XXX.X Temperature
stroke this screen will be displayed and the Display and Evap Leaving Water Temp: + or - XXX.X Temperature
Touch Screen will be locked out until “159 Enter” is Evap Pump Inverter 1 Run Cmd: On, Off Enumeration
entered. Evap Pump 1 Command: On, Off Enumeration
Until the proper password is entered there will be no Evap Pump 2 Command: On, Off Enumeration
access to the DynaView screens including all reports, all Evap Water Flow Switch Status: Flow, No Flow Enumeration
setpoints, and Auto/Stop/Alarms/Interlocks. The
password “159” is not programmable from either Table 51. Report name: circuit evaporator
DynaView or TechView™.
Description Resolution Units
Suction Pressure XXX.X Pressure
Suction Saturated Rfgt Temp: + or - XXX.X Temperature
Suction Temperature: + or - XXX.X Temperature
Evap Approach Temp: + or - XXX.X Temperature
EXV Position Status: XXX.X Percent
Heating EXV Position Status: XXX.X Percent

Table 52. Report name: system condenser

Description Resolution Units


Outdoor Air Temperature: + or - XXX.X Temperature
Heat Rcvy Entering Water Temp: + or - XXX.X Temperature
If the Display and Touch Screen Lock feature is Disabled, a
Heat Rcvy Leaving Water Temp: + or - XXX.X Temperature
similar screen including “Enter 159 to Unlock” will show if
the MP temperature is approximately less than 32°F (0°C)
Table 53. Report name: circuit condenser
and it has been 30 minutes after the last key stroke. Note:
the main processor is equipped with an on-board temp Description Resolution Units
sensor which enables the ice protection feature (OAT is not Discharge Pressure: XXX.X Pressure
required).
Discharge Saturated Rfgt Temp: + or - XXX.X Temperature
Freezing rain can form on the touch panel and actuate the Discharge Temperature: + or - XXX.X Temperature
touch screen as the rain freezes on its surface. A specific
Cond Approach Temp: + or - XXX.X Temperature
pattern of key presses will avoid this issue.
Current Air Flow: XXX.X Percent

Reports Table 54. Report name: system compressor


The Reports tab will allow a user to select from a list of Description Resolution Units
possible reports headings (i.e. Custom, ASHRAE Chiller Running Time: XXXX:XX hr:min
Guideline 3, Refrigerant, etc.) Each report will generate a
list of status items as defined in the tables that follows: Table 55. Report name: circuit compressor

Description Resolution Units


Compressor A Starts: XXXX Integer
Compressor A Running Time: XXXX:XX hr:min
Compressor B Starts: XXXX Integer
Historic Diagnostics Compressor B Running Time: XXXX:XX hr:min
Compressor C Starts: XXXX Integer
Compressor C Running Time: XXXX:XX hr:min

Table 56. Report name: system ASHRAE chiller log

Historic Diagnostics are also included in this menu. Description Resolution Units
Current Time/Date: XX:XX mmm dd, yyyy Date / Time

CG-SVX17G-EN 85
Controls Interface

Table 56. Report name: system ASHRAE chiller log Display Formats
Description Resolution Units Temperature settings can be expressed in F or C,
Chiller Mode: Enum depending on Display Units settings.
Active Chilled Water Setpoint: XXX.X Temperature Pressure settings can be expressed in psia, psig, kPaa (kPa
Active Hot Water Setpoint: XXX.X Temperature absolute), or kPag (kPa gauge) depending on Display Units
settings.
Evap Entering Water Temp: XXX.X Temperature
Evap Leaving Water Temp: XXX.X Temperature Dashes (“-----”) appearing in a temperature or pressure
report, indicates that the value is invalid or not applicable.
Evap Water Flow Switch Status: Enum
Outdoor Air Temperature: XXX.X Temperature Languages
Active Demand Limit Setpoint: XXX Percent The languages for DynaView will reside in the main
processor. The main processor will hold three languages,
Table 57. Report name: circuit ASHRAE chiller log
English, and two alternate languages. The service tool
Description Resolution Units
(TechView™) will load the main processor with user
selected languages from a list of available translations.
Circuit Mode: Enum
Suction Pressure: XXX.X Pressure
TechView
Suction Saturated Rfgt Temp: XXX.X Temperature
Evap Approach Temp: XXX.X Temperature
Discharge Pressure: XXX.X Pressure
Discharge Saturated Rfgt Temp: XXX.X Temperature
Cond Approach Temp: XXX.X Temperature
Compressor A Starts: XXXX Integer
Compressor A Running Time: XX:XX Hours: Minute
Compressor B Starts: XXXX Integer
Compressor B Running Time: XX:XX Hours: Minute
Compressor C Starts: XXXX Integer
Compressor C Running Time: XX:XX Hours: Minute

Power Up and Self Tests


Power-Up DynaView
TechView™ is the PC (laptop) based tool used for servicing
DynaView™ will progress through three Power-Up Tracer CH530. Technicians that make any chiller control
screens: modification or service any diagnostic with Tracer CH530
First Screen, Application Status, Boot Software P/N, Self must use a laptop running the software application
Test and Application Time Stamp. “TechView.” TechView is a Trane application developed to
minimize chiller downtime and aid the technicians
This screen will display for 3-10 seconds. This screen will
understanding of chiller operation and service
give the status of the Application software, the Boot
requirements.
Software P/N, display Self Test results and display the
Application Part Number (CGAM 6200-0450-01). The Important: Performing any Tracer CH530 service
contrast will also be adjustable from this screen. The functions should be done only by a properly
message “Selftest Passed” may be replaced with “Err2: trained service technician. Please contact
RAM Error” or “Err3: CRC Failure”. your local Trane service agency for
assistance with any service requirements.
TechView software is available via Trane.com. (http://
www.trane.com/COMMERCIAL/DesignAnalysis/
TechView.aspx?i=1435)
This download site provides a user the TechView
installation software and CH530 main processor software
that must be loaded onto your PC in order to service a
CH530 main processor. The TechView service tool is used
to load software into the Tracer CH530 main processor.

86 CG-SVX17G-EN
Controls Interface

Minimum PC requirements to install and 3. A download link will be sent to the e-mail address
operate TechView provided. Before you click the link please note:
• Sent link may only be used one time.
• Microsoft® Windows® XP Professional, Windows
Vista Business or Windows 7 Enterprise operating • Internet options must be set correctly to allow
system download.To verify correct setting:
• Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher – Open Internet Explorer Browser
– ClickTools
• USB 2.0 or higher
– Select Internet Options
• Pentium II, III or higher processor
– Select Security tab
• 128Mb RAM minimum forTechView™, 1G – Click on Internet zone
recommended for total Windows system
– Click Custom Level button
• 1024 x 768 resolution of display – Scroll to Downloads section
• CD-ROM (optional for copyingTechView install to – Verify/Enable “Automatic prompting for file
CD) downloads”
• 56K modem (optional for internet connection) – Click OK
• 9-pin RS-232 serial connection (optional for – ClickYES on warning window
connection to DynaView) – Click Apply, then OK
Note: TechView was designed for the preceding listed Note: If this setting is incorrect, you may or may
laptop configuration. Any variation will have not receive an error message during
unknown results.Therefore, support forTechView download attempt.
is limited to only those operating systems that 4. Click the download link in the e-mail message.
meet the specific configuration listed here. Only
• If the download window does not open
computers with a Pentium II class processor or
immediately, please look for a yellow highlighted
better are supported; Intel Celeron, AMD, or Cyrix
message bar/line near the top of your browser. It
processors have not been tested.
may contain a message such as "To help protect
TechView is also used to perform any CH530 service or your security, Internet Explorer blocked this site
maintenance function. Servicing a CH530 main processor from downloading files to your computer. Click here
includes: for options..." Click on message line to see options.
• Updating main processor software • When dialog box appears, click Save and navigate
• Monitoring chiller operation to the CH530 folder created in Step 1. Click OK.

• Viewing and resetting chiller diagnostics • If you do not complete the download successfully,
you will have to request another download link
• Low Level Intelligent Device (LLID) replacement and (Step 2).
binding
5. Navigate to the CH530 folder created in Step 1. Double-
• Main processor replacement and configuration click the installation (.exe) file.The License Agreement
modifications dialog box appears.
• Setpoint modifications 6. Click I Agree after reviewing License Agreement.The
• Service overrides Choose Components dialog box appears. All
components are selected by default. (These are the
TechView Software Download, Installation actual MP versions for all units.) Deselect any
This information can also be found at http:// components you do not want.
www.trane.com/COMMERCIAL/DesignAnalysis/ Note: Deselecting components reduces the size of the
TechView.aspx?i=1435. installed application.
1. Create a folder called “CH530” on your (C:\CH530) on 7. Click Install. A progress meter dialog box appears. An
your hard drive.This \CH530 folder is the standard information file appears when installation is complete.
recommended location for the installation file. Storing
Note: Techview requires a current version of JAVA. If
the installation file in this location helps you remember
you do not have the current release,TechView
where it is stored and makes it easier for technical
installation will be interrupted, and you will be
support personnel to assist you.
provided with information for required JAVA
2. Click the link for the latest version on theTechView software download. Once you have completed
Software Download page. Enter your name, e-mail the JAVA installation, return to Step 5 to restart
address and other required information. Click Submit. installation.

CG-SVX17G-EN 87
Controls Interface

Unit View The Hours and Starts tab displays the number a hours
(total) a compressor has run and the number of times the
Unit view is a summary for the system organized by chiller compressor has started. This window plays a key role in
subsystem. This provides an overall view of chiller evaluating maintenance requirements.
operating parameters and gives you an “at-a-glance”
assessment of chiller operation. Upon successful Local Connect TechView™ will display
UNIT VIEW. The Unit View displays the system, control
The Control Panel tab displays important operating point name, value and unit of measure. It reflects active
information for the unit and allows you to change several setpoints and allows you to make changes.
key operating parameters. The panel is divided into four or
more sub-panels (depending on the number of circuits in CGAM Unit View is shown below:
the unit).
The Operating Mode tab displays the unit, circuit and
compressor top level operating modes.
Figure 65. Unit view

Unit View also displays, in real time, all non-setpoint data Circuit/Compressor Lockout
organized by tabs. As data changes on the chiller it is
In order to lock out a circuit the user must go to the Unit
automatically updated in the Unit View.
View/Circuit 1 Manual Overrides Tab and then select the
Figure 66. Unit view tabs Front Panel Lockout for circuit 1 and/or circuit 2. It is also
possible to lockout individual compressors from the same
Circuit 1 Manual Overrides Tab in this view.

Table 58.Unit view tabs - detail

Min Max
Tab Item Type Units Value Value Default Value
Unit Tab
Evaporator Entering Water Temperature Status Temp (°C)
Evaporator Leaving Water Temperature Status Temp (°C)
Evaporator Water Flow Switch Status Status Flow/No Flow

88 CG-SVX17G-EN
Controls Interface

Table 58. Unit view tabs - detail (continued)


Min Max
Tab Item Type Units Value Value Default Value
Outdoor Air Temperature Status Temp (°C)
Active Chilled Water Setpoint Status Temp (°C)
BAS/External/Front
Active Chilled Water Setpoint Source Status
Panel/Auxiliary/Schedule
Capacity Control
Front Panel Chilled Water Setpoint Setting Temp °C (°F) Chilled Water 20°C (68°F) 6.7°C (44°F)
Setpoint
BAS Chilled Water Setpoint Status Temp (°C)
Local Schedule Chilled Water Setpoint Status Temp (°C)
External Chilled Water Setpoint Status Temp (°C)
Auxiliary Chilled Water Setpoint Status Temp (°C)
Filtered Chilled Water Setpoint Status Temp (°C)
Active Demand Limit Setpoint Status %
BAS/External/Front
Active Demand Limit Setpoint Source Status
Panel/Auxiliary/Schedule
Smallest Capacity
Front Panel Demand Limit Setpoint Setting % 100 100
Step
BAS Demand Limit Setpoint Status %
Local Schedule Demand Limit Setpoint Status %
External Demand Limit Setpoint Status %
Active Ice Building Command Status Off /On
Ice Building
Front Panel Ice Building Command Setting Auto No Request No Request
Request
Active Ice Termination Setpoint Status Temp (°C)
Front Panel Ice Termination Setpoint Setting Temp °C (°F) -6.67°C (20°F) 0°C (32°F) -2.78°C (27°F)
Manual Override Exists Status False/True
Setpoint Source Setting BAS/Ext/FP
Circuit 1 Tab
Suction Pressure Status Pressure (kPa)
Discharge Pressure Status Pressure (kPa)
Suction Saturated Refrigerant Temperature Status Temp (°C)
Suction Temperature Status Temp (°C)
Discharge Saturated Refrigerant Temperature Status Temp (°C)
Discharge Temperature Status Temp (°C)
Condenser Approach Temperature Status Temp (°C)
Evaporator Approach Temperature Status Temp (°C)
EXV Position Status (%) Status %
Circuit 2 Tab
Suction Pressure Status Pressure (kPa)
Discharge Pressure Status Pressure (kPa)
Suction Saturated Refrigerant Temperature Status Temp (°C)
Suction Temperature Status Temp (°C)
Suction Superheat Status Delta Temp (°C)
Discharge Saturated Refrigerant Temperature Status Temp (°C)
Discharge Temperature Status Temp (°C)
Condenser Approach Temp Status Temp (°C)
Evaporator Approach Temp Status Temp (°C)
EXV Position Status (%) Status %
Unit Manual Overrides Tab

CG-SVX17G-EN 89
Controls Interface

Table 58. Unit view tabs - detail (continued)


Min Max
Tab Item Type Units Value Value Default Value
Manual Capacity Control Setting Auto/Manual
Manual Capacity Control Command Setting Unload/Hold/Load
Clear Restart Inhibit Setting
Time (Seconds to
Maximum Restart Inhibit Time Remaining Status
MM:SS)
Manual Evaporator Pump Control Setting Auto/On
Time (Seconds to
Manual Evaporator Pump Override Time Status
MM:SS)
Circuit 1 Manual Overrides Tab
Front Panel Lockout Setting Not Locked/Locked
Compressor A Lockout Setting Not Locked/Locked
Compressor B Lockout Setting Not Locked/Locked
Compressor C Lockout Setting Not Locked/Locked
Manual EXV Control Setting Auto/Manual
Manual EXV Control Percent Setting %
Compressor 1A Pumpdown Command Setting Abort
Available/Not Available/
Compressor 1A Pumpdown Status Status
In Progress/Inhibited
Compressor 1B Pumpdown Command Setting Abort/Start
Available/Not Available/
Compressor 1B Pumpdown Status Status
In Progress/Inhibited
Compressor 1C Pumpdown Command Setting Abort/Start
Available/Not Available/
Compressor 1C Pumpdown Status Status
In Progress/Inhibited
Suction Pressure Status Pressure (kPa)
Circuit 2 Manual Overrides Tab
Front Panel Lockout Setting Not Locked/Locked Auto Stop Auto
Compressor A Lockout Setting Not Locked/Locked Auto Stop Auto
Compressor B Lockout Setting Not Locked/Locked Auto Stop Auto
Compressor C Lockout Setting Not Locked/Locked Auto Stop Auto
Manual EXV Control Setting Auto/Manual
Manual EXV Control Percent Setting %
Compressor 2A Pumpdown Command Setting Abort/Start
Available/Not Available/
Compressor 2A Pumpdown Status Status
In Progress/Inhibited
Compressor 2B Pumpdown Command Setting Abort/Start
Available/Not Available/
Compressor 2B Pumpdown Status Status
In Progress/Inhibited
Compressor 2C Pumpdown Command Setting Abort/Start
Available/Not Available/
Compressor 2C Pumpdown Status Status
In Progress/Inhibited
Suction Pressure Status Pressure (kPa)
Feature Settings Tab
Local Atmospheric Pressure Setting Pressure (kPa) 68.9 kPa 110.3 kPa 101.4 kPa
Power-Up Start Delay Setting Time (Seconds) 0 600 0
Operational Pumpdown Temperature Setpoint Setting Temp °C (°F) -26°C (-14.8°F) -10°C (14°F) -17.78°C (0°F)
External Chilled Water Setpoint Setting Disable/Enable Disabled
External Demand Limit Setpoint Setting Disable/Enable Disabled
Limit Annunciation Debounce Time Setting Time (Seconds) 0s 3600s 1200s
Maximum Capacity Annunciation Debounce Time Setting Time (Seconds) 0s 3600s 1200s

90 CG-SVX17G-EN
Controls Interface

Table 58. Unit view tabs - detail (continued)


Min Max
Tab Item Type Units Value Value Default Value
Ice Building Feature Setting Disable/Enable Disabled
EXV Recalibration Time Setting Time (Seconds) ? ?
Capacity Control Tab
Cooling Design Delta Temperature Setting Delta Temp °C (°F) 1°C (1.8°F) 12°C (21.6°F) 5.56°C (10°F)
Differential To Start Setting Delta Temp °C (°F) 1°C (1.8°F) 6°C (10.8°F) 2.78°C (5°F)
Differential To Stop Setting Delta Temp °C (°F) 1°C (1.8°F) 7°C (12.6°F) 2.78°C(5°F)
Staging Deadband Adjustment Setting Delta Temp °C (°F) -1°C (-1.8°F) 5°C (9°F) 0°C (0°F)
Balance Strts-Hrs/Circuit
Balance Starts
Circuit Staging Option Setting 1 Lead/
Hours
Circuit 2 Lead
Fixed Sequence/
Compressor Staging Option Setting Fixed Sequence
Balanced Strts-Hrs
Compressor Start Delay Time Setting Time (Seconds) 0s 600 s 60 s
Capacity Control Softload Time Setting Time (Seconds) 0s 3600 s 900 s
Limits Tab
Cooling Low Ambient Lockout Setting Disable/Enable Enabled
Cooling Low Ambient Lockout Setpoint Setting Temp °C (°F) -20°C (-4°F) 20°C (68°F) -10°C (14°F)
Discharge Pressure Limit Setpoint Setting % 80% 120% 85%
Discharge Pressure Limit Unload Setpoint Setting % 90% 120% 97%
Restart Inhibit Free Starts Setting Starts 2
Restart Inhibit Start To Start Time Setting Time (Minutes) 6 min
Chilled Water Reset Tab
Disable/Return/Outdoor
Chilled Water Reset Type Setting
Air/Constant
Return Reset Ratio Setting % 10% 120% 50%
Return Start Reset Setting Delta Temp °C (°F) 2.22°C (36°F) 16.67°C (62°F) 5.55°C (42°F)
Return Maximum Reset Setting Delta Temp °C (°F) 0°C (32°F) 11.11°C (52°F) 2.78°C (37°F)
Outdoor Reset Ratio Setting % -80% 80% 10%
Outdoor Start Reset Setting Temp °C (°F) 10°C (50°F) 54.44°C (130°F) 32.22°C (90°F)
Outdoor Maximum Reset Setting Delta Temp °C (°F) 0°C (32°F) 11.11°C (52°F) 2.78°C (37°F)
Cooling Design Delta Temperature Setting Delta Temp °C (°F) 1°C (33.8°F) 12°C (53.6°F) 5.56°C (42°F)
Pump Control Tab
Evaporator Water Flow Switch Status Status No Flow/Flow
Evap Pump Inverter 1 Run Command Status Off/On
Evaporator Pump 1 Command Status Off/On
Evaporator Pump 2 Command Status Off/On
Evap Pump Off Delay Setting Time (Minutes) 0 min 30 min 1 min
Evap Flow Overdue Wait Time Setting Time (Seconds) 300 s 3600 s 1200 s
High Evaporator Water Temp Setpoint Setting Temp °C (°F) 55°C
Freeze Avoidance Tab
Leaving Water Temp Cutout Setting Temp °C (°F) -18.33°C (-1°F) 2.22°C (36°F) 2.22°C (36°F)
Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout Setting Temp °C (°F) -28.33°C (-19°F) 2.22°C (36°F) -5.56°C (22°F)
Evaporator Pump Freeze Avoidance Setting Disable/Enable Enabled
Evap Pump Freeze Avoidance Adaptive Learning Setting Fixed/Adaptive Enabled
Evap Pump Freeze Avoidance Time Constant Setting Time (minutes) 2 min 360 min 10 min
Evap Pump Freeze Avoidance Temp Margin Setting Delta Temp °C (°F) 0°C (32°F) 5°C (41°F) 2°C (35.6°F)
Starts and Hours Tab
Chiller Running Time Status Time (Sec to HH:MM)
Compressor 1A Starts Status Starts

CG-SVX17G-EN 91
Controls Interface

Table 58.Unit view tabs - detail (continued)


Min Max
Tab Item Type Units Value Value Default Value
Compressor 1A Running Time Status Time (Sec to HH:MM)
Compressor 1B Starts Status Starts
Compressor 1B Running Time Status Time (Sec to HH:MM)
Compressor 1C Starts Status Starts
Compressor 1C Running Time Status Time (Sec to HH:MM)
Compressor 2A Starts Status Starts
Compressor 2A Running Time Status Time (Sec to HH:MM)
Compressor 2B Starts Status Starts
Compressor 2B Running Time Status Time (Sec to HH:MM)
Compressor 2C Starts Status Starts
Compressor 2C Running Time Status Time (Sec to HH:MM)
Evaporator Water Pump 1 Starts Status Starts
Evaporator Water Pump 1 Running Time Status Time (Sec to HH:MM)
Evaporator Water Pump 1 Starts Status Starts
Evaporator Water Pump 1 Running Time Status Time (Sec to HH:MM)
Heat Recovery Tab
Partial heat recovery (PHR) Fan Control Setting Disable/Enable
PHR Leaving Water Temperature Setpoint Setting Temp (°C)
PHR Leaving Water Temperature Adjustment Setting Delta Temp (°C)
Generic Monitoring Tab
Generic Temp Sensor Status Temp (°C)
Generic Pressure Sensor Status Pressure (kPa)
Generic Analog Monitor Status Current (mA)
Generic Low Volt Monitor Setting Open/Closed
Generic High Volt Monitor Setting Off/On

The items that can be modified show up in white. The If the entered value is outside the given range, the
items that cannot be modified show up in gray. background turns red.
Figure 67. Fields in white Figure 69. Change out of range

To change the setpoint enter a new value for the setpoint


into the text field.
Figure 68. Change setpoint

92 CG-SVX17G-EN
Controls Interface

If the value entered is not valid, an error message will Diagnostics View
display and the change will not occur.
This window lists the active and inactive (history)
Figure 70. Setpoint change failed
diagnostics. There can be up to 60 diagnostics, both active
and historic. For example, if there were 5 active
diagnostics, the possible number of historic diagnostics
would be 55. You can also reset active diagnostics here,
(i.e., transfer active diagnostics to history and allow the
chiller to regenerate any active diagnostics).
Resetting the active diagnostics may cause the chiller to
resume operation.
The Active and History diagnostics have separate tabs. A
button to reset the active diagnostics displays when either
tab is selected.

Figure 71. Diagnostic view

Configuration View connection and since the last time the Load Configuration
button was selected.
This view is under the CH530 tab and displays the active
configuration and allows you to make changes to the unit
configuration. Configuration View allows you to define the
chiller's components, ratings, and configuration settings.
These are all values that determine the required installed
devices, and how the chiller application is run in the main
processor. For example, a user may set an option to be
installed with Configuration View, which will require
devices to be bound using Binding View. And when the
main processor runs the chiller application, the
appropriate steps are taken to monitor required inputs and
control necessary outputs.
Any changes made in the Configuration View, on any of the
tabs, will modify the chiller configuration when you click
on the Load Configuration button (located at the base of
the window). The Load Configuration button uploads the
new configuration settings into the main processor.
Selecting the Undo All button will undo any configuration
setting changes made during the present TechView™

CG-SVX17G-EN 93
Controls Interface

Figure 72. Configuration view - CH530 tab

Table 59.Configuration view items - CH530 tab


Table 59.Configuration view items - CH530 tab
Item Description
Item Description No Pump Flow Control
Basic Product Line CGAM - Air-Cooled Scroll Packaged Chiller Single Pump Fixed Speed (TAI, EPL only)
Evaporator Pump
Single Pump Variable Speed (TAI, EPL only)
020 Nominal Tons Control
Dual Pump Fixed Speed (TAI, EPL only)
023 Nominal Tons (TAI, EPL only)
Dual Pump Variable Speed
026 Nominal Tons
030 Nominal Tons
A couple of additional tabs in Configuration View allow
035 Nominal Tons
039 Nominal Tons (EPL only) you to change other unit configuration options using the
040 Nominal Tons Options tab and the Options Setup tab. The features that
045 Nominal Tons (EPL only) are installed on the Options Tab will control what is
Unit Capacity 046 Nominal Tons (TAI, EPL only) displayed on the Options Setup tab.
052 Nominal Tons
060 Nominal Tons
070 Nominal Tons
080 Nominal Tons
090 Nominal Tons
100 Nominal Tons
110 Nominal Tons
120 Nominal Tons
Unit Design
Factory Assigned
Sequence
Epinal, France
Manufacturing Pueblo, USA
Location Taicang, China
Curitiba, Brazil
Standard Efficiency/Performance (EPL only)
Unit Type
High Efficiency/Performance
High Duty (EPL and TAI only)
Sound Package Standard Noise
Low Noise
Supply Power 60 Hz
Frequency 50 Hz
Standard Ambient (EPL and TAI only)
Low Ambient (EPL and TAI only)
Unit Application
High Ambient (EPL and TAI only)
Wide Ambient
No Heat Recovery
Partial Heat Recovery w/ Fan Control
Heat Recovery
Partial Heat Recovery w/o Fan Control (EPL and
TAI only)

94 CG-SVX17G-EN
Controls Interface

Figure 73. Configuration view - options tab

Figure 74. Configuration view - options setup tab

and download a new version of chiller software to the


Software View EasyView or DynaView.

Software view allows you to verify the version of chiller You can also add up to two available languages to load into
software currently running on the EasyView or DynaView the DynaView. Loading an alternate language file allows
the DynaView to display its text in the selected alternate
language, English will always be available.
Figure 75. Software view

CG-SVX17G-EN 95
Controls Interface

Binding View and categories. Binding View allows you to add, remove,
modify, verify, and reassign devices and options in order
Binding View allows you to assess the status of the to match the configuration requirements.
network and all the devices connected as a whole, or the
status of individual devices by using status icons and Whenever a device is installed, it must be correctly
function buttons. configured to communicate and to function as intended.
This process is called binding. Some features of Binding
Binding View is essentially a table depicting what devices View are intended to serve a second purpose; that is
and options are actually discovered on the network bus diagnosing problems with communication among the
(and their communication status) versus what is required devices.
to support the configuration defined by the feature codes
Figure 76. Binding view

Replacing or Adding Devices device cannot be selected or if multiple devices are


accidentally selected, you can close the manual selection
If a device is communicating but incorrectly configured, it
window by clicking on No and repeat the bind function.
might not be necessary to replace it. If the problem with
the device is related to communication, attempt to rebind
it, and if the device becomes correctly configured, it will
then communicate properly.
If a device that needs to be replaced is still communicating,
it should be unbound. Otherwise, it will be necessary to
rebuild the CH530 network image for Binding View to
discover that it has been removed. An unbound device
stops communicating and allows a new device to be
bound in its place.
It is good practice to turn the power off while detaching
and attaching devices to the CH530 network. Be sure to
keep power on the service tool computer. After power is
restored to the CH530 network, the reconnect function in
Binding View restores communication with the network. If
the service tool computer is turned off, you must restart
TechView™ and Binding View.
If a device is not communicating, the binding function
displays a window to request manual selection of the
device to be bound. Previously-selected devices are
deselected when the function starts. When manual
selection is confirmed, exactly one device must be
selected; if it is the correct type, it is bound. If the desired

96 CG-SVX17G-EN
Pre-Start Checkout
Upon completion of installation, complete the CGAM
Installation Completion Check Sheet and Request for
Trane Service checklist in chapter “Log and Check Sheet,”
p. 118.
Important: Start-up must be performed byTrane or an
agent ofTrane specifically authorized to
perform start-up and warranty ofTrane
products. Contractor shall provideTrane (or
an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to
perform start-up) with notice of the
scheduled start-up at least two weeks prior
to the scheduled start-up.

CG-SVX17G-EN 97
Start-Up and Shutdown
Important: Initial unit commissioning start-up must be 5. If evaporator was previously drained, vent and fill
performed byTrane or an agent ofTrane evaporator and chilled water circuit. When all air is
specifically authorized to perform start-up removed (including each pass), install vent plugs in
and warranty ofTrane products. Contractor evaporator water boxes.
shall provideTrane (or an agent ofTrane
specifically authorized to perform start-up) NOTICE:
with notice of the scheduled start-up at least
Equipment Damage!
two weeks prior to the scheduled start-up.
Ensure that the oil sump heaters have been operating
for a minimum of 24 hours before starting. Failure to do
Start-Up so may result in equipment damage.

NOTICE: Seasonal Unit Shutdown


Equipment Damage!
1. Perform normal unit stop sequence using <Stop> key.
Ensure that the oil sump heaters are connected
properly and are operating properly for a minimum of Note: Starter disconnect switch must remain closed to
24 hours before starting. Failure to do so may result in provide power to compressor oil sump heaters.
equipment damage.
2. Verify that compressor oil sump heaters are installed
tightly around compressor. Energize and verify heaters
If required, once the system has been operating for are operational using a temperature probe. See
approximately 30 minutes and has become stabilized, Table 60, p. 98. Install jumper across thermostat and
complete the remaining start-up procedures, as follows: verify current flow.
1. Check the evaporator refrigerant pressure and the
condenser refrigerant pressure under Refrigerant NOTICE:
Report on the CH530TechView™.
Equipment Damage!
Note: The pressures are referenced to sea level (14.6960 If the chiller evaporator or evaporator water piping is
psia).This value is adjustable inTechView. drained of water, the evaporator immersion heater
2. Check the EXV sight glasses after sufficient time has must be de-energized. Failure to de-energize the heater
elapsed to stabilize the chiller.The refrigerant flow past will cause it to burn out.
the sight glasses should be clear. Bubbles in the
Table 60. Freeze protection heater summary(a)
refrigerant indicate either low refrigerant charge or
excessive pressure drop in the liquid line or a stuck Heater Thermostat Jumper Heater Description Heaters
open expansion valve. A restriction in the line can Evaporator 5E1
sometimes be identified by a noticeable temperature
Evap Entering Water 5E4, 5E18
differential between the two sides of the restriction.
Frost will often form on the line at this point. Proper Evap Leaving Water 5E5, 5E19
Evap and
refrigerant charges are shown in General Data tables. Water 5X1-2 to Water Pump Piping 5E6, 5E14
5S1
Pipe 5X1-3 Partial Heat Recovery 5E10,5E11,
Important: A clear sight glass alone does not mean that Heaters (optional) 5E16, 5E17
the system is properly charged. Also check
system subcooling, liquid level control and Expansion Tank
(included with optional 5E7
unit operating pressures. pump package)
If chiller is limited by any limiting conditions, contact local Pump
5X2-1 to
Trane service organization for more information. Package 5S2 Water Pump Piping 5E13, 5E15
5X2-2
(optional)
Buffer
Seasonal Unit Start-Up Procedure Tank 5S3
Across
thermostat
Buffer Tank
5E2, 5E8,
5E12, 5E13
(optional)
1. Close all valves and re-install drain plugs in evaporator
(a) Not all heaters are present on all unit configurations. See schematics and
heads. component locations in CGAM-SVE01*-EN.

2. Service the auxiliary equipment according to the start-


up/maintenance instructions provided by the Note: See “Ambient Freeze Avoidance,” p. 45 for more
respective equipment manufacturers. information.

3. Remove all air from the system (including each pass). 3. Once the unit is secured, perform maintenance
Close the vents in the evaporator chilled water circuits. identified in “Maintenance,” p. 102.

4. Open all valves in evaporator chilled water circuits.

98 CG-SVX17G-EN
Start-Up and Shutdown

Sequence of Operation
This section will provide basic information on chiller Software Operation Overview
operation for common events. With microelectronic
controls, ladder diagrams cannot show today’s complex The Software Operation Overview shown in Figure 77 is a
logic, as the control functions are much more involved diagram of the five possible software states. This diagram
than older pneumatic or solid state controls. can be though of as a state chart, with the arrows and
arrow text depicting the transitions between states.
Adaptive control algorithms can also complicate the exact
sequence of operations. This section illustrates common • The text in the circles is the visible top level operating
control sequences. modes that are displayed on DynaView Main tab.
• The shading of each software state circle corresponds
to the shading on the time lines that show the state the
chiller is in.
There are five generic states that the software can be in:
• Power Up
• Stopped
• Starting
• Running
• Stopping

Figure 77. Chiller state chart


Power Up
CGAM Sequence of Operation:
Chiller State Chart
Boot and
Stopped Self Test
or
Run Inhibit
ed Co Auto
rm mm
onfi own an
C utd d
Sh
Re
of leas
Inh e
ibi
t
Auto
Shutting Down or
Stop Command or Diagnostic Waiting to Start

Sto
pC
om
m art
Di an
d St
ag ed
no rm Check for
sti Running onfi Differential
c C
or to Start

Running Limit

Check for
Differential
to Stop

CG-SVX17G-EN 99
Start-Up and Shutdown

Power Up
The Power up chart shows the respective DynaView 'Stopped' Software state independent of the last mode. If
screens during a power up of the main processor. This the last mode before power down was 'Auto', the
process takes from 30 to 45 seconds depending on the transition from 'Stopped' to 'Starting' occurs, but it is not
number of installed Options. On all power ups, the apparent to the user.
software model will always transition through the
Figure 78. Power up

Application Present, Running Selftest... A Valid Configuration is Present


Chiller Mode: Auto
Circuit 1 Mode: Stopped
Tracer CH530 Circuit 2 Mode: Stopped
Evap Ent/Lvg Water Temp: 80.5/80.2 F
Active Chilled Water Setpoint: 80.5 F
Application Part Number: 6200-0450-01 Active Demand Limit Setpoint: 100 %

Boot Part Number: 6200-0432-10 © Trane 2000-2009

Completing Self Test Starting Application


(15 Seconds) (15 to 30 Seconds)

Last Mode
Apply
i.e. Auto
Control Self Test Starting Application
or Stopped
Power
as Shown
Note: The variation in DynaView Power up time is
dependent on the number of installed options.

Power Up to Starting
Power up to starting diagram shows timing from a power • Power up Start Delay setpoint set to 0 minutes
up event to energizing the first compressor. The shortest • Need to cool (differential to start) already exists
allowable time would be under the following conditions:
The above conditions would allow for a minimum power
• No motor restart inhibit up to starting the first compressor time of about 85
• Evaporator Water flow occurs quickly with pump on seconds, depending on options installed.
command
Figure 79. Power up to starting
Last Mode Was Auto Call for Cooling: Differential to Start is met

Auto Auto
Power Run
(Waiting for Evaporator (Waiting for Waiting to Start Waiting to Start
Power Up Inhibited
Water Flow) a Need to Cool) Start
Applied CH530 Command
Enforce Power Up Confirm Evaporator EXV stroke to Wait for Pressure
Boot Time Start Delay Timer Water Flow Waiting for Stabilization to Lead
(30 to 40 Sec) Differential to Start Preposition Cprsr*
(adj 0 to 10 mins) (10 Second Filter) (3 Seconds)

Energize Evaporator Pre-Position EXV


Water Pump Relay of Lead Circuit*

Confirm Evaporator Water Fan Pre-Start


Flow Within 20 minutes of Lead Circuit*
(10 Sec Filter)

* Lead Circuit/Compressor is determined by:


Re-calibrate EXV - Circuit Staging Option: Balanced Wear, Circuit 1 Lead, Circuit 2 Lead
(overdrive closed) - Compressor Staging Option: Balanced Wear, Fixed Sequence
(Follows per circuit configuration)
- also influenced by lockouts, restart inhibit and diagnostics present

100 CG-SVX17G-EN
Start-Up and Shutdown

Stopped to Starting
The stopped to starting diagram shows the timing from a • Need to cool (diffferential to start) already exists.
stopped mode to energizing the compressor. The shortest The above conditions would allow the compressor to start
allowable time would be under the following conditions: in about 35 seconds.
• No motor restart inhibit
• Evaporator Water flow occurs quickly with pump on
command
Figure 80. Stopped to starting
Chiller Set to Auto Call for Cooling: Differential to Start is met

Stopped Auto Auto Start


Or (Waiting for Evaporator (Waiting for Waiting to Start Waiting to Start Command to
Run Water Flow) a Need to Cool) Lead
Inhibit Compressor*
Confirm Evaporator EXV stroke to Wait for Pressure
Water Flow Waiting for Stabilization
Differential to Start Preposition
(10 Second Filter) (3 Seconds)

Pre-Position EXV
Energize Evaporator of Lead Circuit*
Water Pump Relay

Confirm Evaporator Water


Flow Within 20 minutes Fan Pre-Start
(10 Sec Filter) of Lead Circuit*

* Lead Circuit/Compressor is determined by:


- Circuit Staging Option: Balanced Wear, Circuit 1 Lead, Circuit 2 Lead
- Compressor Staging Option: Balanced Wear, Fixed Sequence (Follows per circuit configuration)
- also influenced by lockouts, restart inhibit and diagnostics present

Normal Shutdown to Stopped


Figure 81 shows transition from Running through a
Normal (friendly) Shutdown. Dashed lines on top attempt
to show final mode if you enter stop via various inputs.
Figure 81. Normal shutdown to stopped or run inhibitl
Local Stop
Normal Shutdown Diagnostic*, Latched
Normal Shutdown Diagnostic*, Non-Latched
BAS Stop
External Auto-Stop
Local Schedule Stop
Shutting Down Stopped
Shutting Down Shutting Down
Running (Evaporator Water or
(Operational Pumpdown) (Operational Pumpdown)
Pump Off Delay) Run Inhibit

Waiting for EXV to Close Waiting for Saturated Suction Time out Evap Pump Off Delay
(0 to 10 Seconds) Temperature to fall to 0 Degrees F (adj 0-30 minutes) De-Energize Evaporator
(Less than 30 Seconds)
Water Pump
De-Energize Pumpdown
Close EXV Compressors
Confirm Pumpdown
Termination. See Note***
De-Energize All Fans
De-Energize all Non- * Normal Shutdown Diagnostic:
Pumpdown - Chiller Level Diagnostic
Compressors ** - Circuit Level Diagnostic on only running circuit
- Compressor Level Diagnostic on only running compressor

** Pumpdown Compressor is:


- One compressor on each circuit running during Operational Pumpdown

*** If normal pumpdown termination does not occur within the Pumpdown Timeout

CG-SVX17G-EN 101
Maintenance
Perform all maintenance procedures and inspection at the 2. Check the oil level and refrigerant charge. Routine
recommended intervals.This will prolong the life of the changing of oil is not required.
chiller and minimize the possibility of malfunctions. 3. Have a qualified laboratory perform a compressor oil
Use an “Operator’s Log” to record the unit’s operating analysis to determine system moisture content and
history.The log serves as a valuable diagnostic tool for acid level.This analysis is a valuable diagnostic tool.
service personnel. By observing trends in operating 4. Contact a qualified service provider to leak test the
conditions, an operator can anticipate and prevent chiller, check operating and safety controls, and to
problem situations before they occur. inspect electrical components for proper operation.
If the unit is not operating properly during maintenance Leak testing my be accomplished using soap solution
inspections, see “Diagnostics,” p. 105. or with electronic or ultrasonic leak detectors.
5. Inspect all piping components for leaks and damage.
Recommended Maintenance Clean all water strainers.

Weekly NOTICE:
Verify that compressor oil sump heaters are connected Equipment Damage!
tightly around the compressor. If the CGAM chiller evaporator or evaporator water
After the chiller has been operating for approximately 30 piping is drained of water, the evaporator immersion
heater must be de-energized. Failure to de-energize the
minutes and the system has stabilized, check the operating
heater will cause it to burn out.
pressures and temperatures and complete the following
checks:
6. Clean and repaint any components that show
Check the evaporator and condenser refrigerant pressures corrosion.
in the Refrigerant Report menu of the CH530 display.
7. Clean the condenser coils per “Condenser Coil
Pressures are referenced at sea level (14.6960 psia).
Cleaning,” p. 103.
Check the electronic expansion valve sight glasses.
Note: The electronic expansion valve is commanded WARNING
closed at unit shutdown and if the unit is off, there Rotating Components!
will be no refrigerant flow through the sight
The following procedure involves working with
glasses. Only when a circuit is running will
rotating components. Disconnect all electric power,
refrigerant flow be present. including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow
The refrigerant flow through the sight glasses should be proper lockout/ tagout procedures to ensure the power
clear. Bubbles in the refrigerant indicate either low can not be inadvertently energized. Failure to
refrigerant charge or excessive pressure drop in the liquid disconnect power before servicing could result in
line. A restriction in the line can sometimes be identified rotating components cutting and slashing technician
which could result in death or serious injury.
by a noticeable temperature differential between the two
sides of the restriction. Frost may often form on the liquid
8. Clean the condenser fans. Check the fan assemblies for
line at this point. Correct refrigerant charges are shown in
proper clearance in the fan shroud openings and for
the General DataTables.
motor shaft misalignment or abnormal end-play,
Important: A clear sight glass alone does not mean that vibration and noise.
the system is properly charged. Also check
9. Manually rotate the condenser fans to ensure that
the system superheat, subcooling and unit
there is proper clearance on the fan shroud openings.
operating pressures.
For more information, see “Refrigerant and Oil Charge WARNING
Management,” p. 103.
Rotating Components!
Monthly The following procedure involves working with
rotating components. Disconnect all electric power,
1. Complete all weekly maintenance procedures. including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow
2. Measure and record the evaporator superheat. proper lockout/ tagout procedures to ensure the power
can not be inadvertently energized. Failure to
3. Measure and record the system subcooling. disconnect power before servicing could result in
rotating components cutting and slashing technician
Annual which could result in death or serious injury.
1. Complete all weekly and monthly maintenance checks.
10. Inspect the entire system for unusual conditions.

102 CG-SVX17G-EN
Maintenance

Refrigerant and Oil Charge note that once the seal on a container of POE oil is opened,
the oil must be used.
Management In the event of a compressor failure, always test the oil with
an acid test kit to determine whether the compressor
Proper oil and refrigerant charge is essential for proper
failure was mechanical or electrical.This is important
unit operation, unit performance, and environmental
because it dictates correct cleanup procedure.
protection. Only trained and licensed service personnel
should service the chiller.
Table 61 lists baseline measurements for CGAM units
Condenser Maintenance
running at AHRI standard operating conditions. If chiller
measurements vary significantly from values listed below,
Condenser Coil Cleaning
problems may exist with refrigerant and oil charge levels.
Contact your localTrane office. WARNING
Note: Low temperature applications units will have Hazardous Chemicals!
values that vary from Table 61. Contact your local Coil cleaning agents can be either acidic or highly
Trane office for more information. alkaline and can burn severely if contact with skin
occurs. Handle chemical carefully and avoid contact
Table 61. Typical CGAM baselines (AHRI conditions) with skin. ALWAYS wear Personal Protective Equipment
(PPE) including goggles or face shield, chemical
Measurement Baseline resistant gloves, boots, apron or suit as required. For
Evaporator Pressure 120 psig personal safety refer to the cleaning agent
Evaporator Approach 5-10°F manufacturer’s Materials Safety Data Sheet and follow
all recommended safe handling practices. Failure to
EXV Position 40-50% open
follow all safety instructions could result in death or
Evaporator delta T 10°F serious injury.
Evaporator Superheat 12°F
Condenser Pressure 420-440 psia Clean the condenser coils at least once a year or more
frequently if the unit is in a “dirty” environment. A clean
Condensing Approach Temperature 25°F
condenser coil will help to maintain chiller operating
Subcooling 15-20°F
efficiency. Follow the detergent manufacturer's
Compressor Discharge Temperature 63° or more instructions to avoid damaging the condenser coils.
Compressor Suction Temperature 20° or more
To clean the condenser coils use a soft brush and a sprayer
Compressor RLA 100% such as a garden pump type or a high-pressure type. A
high quality detergent such asTrane Coil Cleaner (Part No.
Lubrication System CHM-00255) is recommended.
See RTAC-SVG01*-EN for maintenance and cleaning
Oil Level procedures.
Oil should also be visible in the sight glass when the Note: If detergent mixture is strongly alkaline (pH value
compressor is running.When operating, each compressor greater than 8.5, an inhibitor must be added).
in a tandem or trio set may have a different oil level.
To check compressor oil level, refer to the label near the Evaporator Maintenance
compressor sight glass.The compressor(s) must be off.
Wait three minutes.With tandem or triple compressors the NOTICE:
oil level will equalize after shutdown. Compressor oil level
should be clearly visible within the sight glass when the Equipment Damage!
compressors are off. The factory-installed immersion heater must be de-
energized if the BPHE evaporator is drained of water for
Important: If oil level is low, contact your localTrane any reason. Failure to de-energize the immersion
office. Verify that ONLYTrane OIL00080 is heater will cause it to burn out.
used.
TheTrane Model CGAM liquid chiller uses a brazed plate
Oil Testing
heat exchanger (BPHE) evaporator with factory-installed
UseTrane OilTesting Kit KIT06815 only for testing electronic flow switch (IFM efector) that is positioned in the
lubricating oil in the Model CGAM chiller. Note that the evaporator water pipe.The evaporator inlet also includes
POE oil used in this product is very hygroscopic and easily a factory-installed immersion heater for freeze protection
absorbs and retains moisture.The acceptable moisture and a water strainer that must be kept in place to keep
content is less than 100 ppm and acceptable acid level is debris out of the evaporator.
less than 0.5TAN. Note that refrigerant and moisture is
very difficult to remove from this oil using vacuum. Also
CG-SVX17G-EN 103
Maintenance

Note: Strainer maintenance is critical to proper operation


and reliability. Any particles larger than 1mm
Pump Package Maintenance
entering the BPHE evaporator may cause the
evaporator to fail, requiring replacement.
Rust Prevention
Acceptable BPHE evaporator water flow rate is 1.5 to 3.6 Pumps not immediately placed into service, or removed
GPM per nominal unit ton capacity.To maintain 54-44°F in/ from service and stored, must be properly prepared to
out chilled water temperatures, the nominal water flow prevent excessive rusting.
rate is 2.4 GPM/ton. • Pump port protection plates must not be removed until
Minimum water flow rate must be maintained to avoid the pump is ready to connect to the piping.
laminar flow, potential evaporator freezing, scaling and • Rotate the shaft periodically (at least monthly) to keep
poor temperature control.The microprocessor and rotating element free and bearings fully functional.
capacity control algorithms are designed to take a 10 • For long term storage (3 months or longer), prevent
percent change in water flow rate per minute while internal rust buildup and possibility of freezing by
maintaining a ±2°F (1.1°C) leaving water temperature performing the following steps:
control accuracy.The chiller tolerates up to 30 percent per
minute water flow variation as long as the flow is equal to • Remove the plugs at the top and bottom of the
or greater than minimum flow requirements. casing.
Maximum water flow is 18 feet per second. Flow rates • If water is to be drained:
greater than this will cause excessive erosion. • Disconnect evaporator and piping heaters.
The BPHE evaporator is difficult to clean should it become • Drain or blow out all water.
plugged with debris. Indications of a plugged BPHE
• As an optional step, it is acceptable to rustproof or
evaporator include “wet” suction due to lack of heat
pack the casing with moisture absorbing material
exchange, loss of superheat control, depressed discharge
and cover the flanges.
superheat (<63°F), compressor oil dilution and/or
starvation and premature compressor failure. When returning pumps to service
• Remove drying agent from the pump, if used.
Water Strainer Maintenance
• Reinstall plugs at the top and bottom of the casing.
Factory-installed water strainer is aY-type design.The
• If water had been drained:
stainer is equipped with a blow-down valve.The strainer
is a 16 mesh (approximately 1 mm) material. • Refill water.
Figure 82. Water strainer - Y type • Reconnect evaporator and piping heaters.

For maximum efficiency, a differential pressure gauge


installed across the inlet and outlet will indicate pressure
loss due to clogging and may be used as a guide to
determine when cleaning is required.The taps for the
pressure gauges are included as standard from the factory.
Normally when differential pressure reaches 5-10psi, the
screen must be cleaned.The strainer is equipped with a
blow-down valve on the cover plate.To clean open and
flush out until any sediment is removed.

104 CG-SVX17G-EN
Diagnostics
Explanatory Comments
Diagnostic Text:
Black text is intended for use onTechView. It has no modes are enclosed in brackets, [ ]. Note that the modes
intrinsic length limit. It should contain few or no used in this column are internal and not generally
abbreviations. annunciated to any of the formal mode displays
Blue (italicized) text is intended for use on DynaView. It has Criteria: Quantitatively defines the criteria used in
a 40 character length limit for English and other European generating the diagnostic and, if nonlatching, the criteria
languages, based on 8 pixel character width (DynaView’s for auto reset. If more explanation is necessary a hot link
display is 320 pixels wide). The text should be abbreviated as to the Functional Specification is used.
necessary to meet the length limit. Trane standard Reset Level: Defines the lowest level of manual
abbreviations or ASME standard abbreviations (ASME Y14.38- diagnostic reset command which can clear the diagnostic.
1999 or later) should be used wherever possible. The manual diagnostic reset levels in order of priority are:
Orange (underlined) text is intended for use on LCI-C. LCI- Local and Remote. A diagnostic that has a reset level of
C has a 28 character length limit for English and other Local, can only be reset by a local diagnostic reset
European languages, based on one character per byte command, but not by the lower priority remote Reset
(LCI-C diagnostic text has a 28 byte limit). It should be command whereas a diagnostic listed as Remote reset can
abbreviated as necessary to meet the length limit. Trane be reset by either.
standard abbreviations or ASME standard abbreviations HelpText: Provides for a brief description of what kind of
(ASME Y14.38-1999 or later) should be used wherever problems might cause this diagnostic to occur. Both
possible. “Comm:” is the standard abbreviation for control system component related problems as well as
“Comm Loss:” in order to leave enough space for the rest chiller application related problems are addressed (as can
of the diagnostic text. possibly be anticipated).These help messages will be
Legacy Hex Code:Three digit hexadecimal code used on updated with accumulated field experience with the
all past products to uniquely identify diagnostics. chillers.
Diagnostic Name and Source: Name of Diagnostic and
its source. Note that this is the exact text used in the User
Interface and/or ServiceTool displays.
The following codes were added to cover the unmapped
diagnostics:
• 6B6: Unknown Chiller Diagnostic
• 6B7: Unknown Compressor Diagnostic
Affects Target: Defines the “target” or what is affected
by the diagnostic. Usually either the entire Chiller, or a
particular component is affected by the diagnostic (the
same one as the source), but in special cases functions are
modified or disabled by the diagnostic. None implies that
there is no direct affect to the chiller, sub components or
functional operation.
Severity: Defines the severity of the above effect.
Immediate means immediate shutdown of the effected
portion, Normal means normal or friendly shutdown of
the effected portion, Special Mode means a special mode
of operation (limp along) is invoked, but without
shutdown, and Warning means an Informational Note or
Warning is generated.
Persistence: Defines whether or not the diagnostic and
its effects are to be manually reset (Latched), or can be
either manually or automatically reset (Nonlatched).
Active Modes [Inactive Modes]: States the modes or
periods of operation that the diagnostic is active in and, as
necessary, those modes or periods that it is specifically not
active in as an exception to the active modes.The inactive

CG-SVX17G-EN 105
Diagnostics

Main Processor Diagnostic


Table 62. Main processor diagnostics
Active Modes
Persis- [Inactive Reset
Diagnostic Name Affects Severity tence Modes] Criteria Level
Refer to the LCI-C interface for details on the
BAS Communication Lost LonTalk interface. The BCI-C interface
contains details on the BACnet interface.
BAS Communication Lost Chiller Special NonLatch All Remote
Refer to setpoint arbitration to determine
BAS Communication Lost how setpoints and operating modes may be
affected by the comm loss.
Refer to the LCI-C interface for details on the
BAS Failed to Establish Communication LonTalk interface. The BCI-C interface
contains details on the BACnet interface.
BAS Failed to Establish Communication Chiller Special NonLatch At power-up Remote
Refer to setpoint arbitration to determine
BAS Failed to Establish Comm how setpoints and operating modes may be
affected.
The real time clock had detected loss of its
oscillator at some time in the past. Check /
Check Clock replace battery? This diagnostic can be
Check Clock Platform Warning Latch All effectively cleared only by writing a new Remote
Check Clock value to the chiller’s time clock using the
TechView or DynaView’s “set chiller time”
functions.
The entering evaporator water temp fell
Chilled Water Flow (Entering Water Temp) Any Ckt(s)
below the leaving evaporator water
Energized [No
Chilled Water Flow (Entering Water Temp) Chiller Immediate Latching temperature by more than 3°F for Remote
Ckt(s)
Chilled Wtr Flow (Ent Temp) 100°F-sec while at least one compressor
Energized]
was running.
Operational/
Service
Circuit Pumpdown Terminated Operational Pumpdown or Service
Pumpdown
Pumpdown procedure did not terminate
Circuit Pumpdown Terminated Circuit Warning Latching [All Except Remote
normally by reaching the termination
Circuit Pumpdown Terminated Operational and
pressure within the allotted time.
Service
Pumpdown]
Compressor Fault
Compressor Fault Cprsr Immediate NonLatch All The compressor fault switch input is open. Local
Compressor Fault

Compressor Fault Lockout The compressor fault switch input remained


open for more than 35 minutes. Five
Compressor Fault Lockout Cprsr Immediate Latch All Local
compressor fault diagnostics have occurred
Compressor Fault Lockout within the last 210 minutes.
Emergency Stop
Emergency Stop Chiller Immediate Latch All Emergency Stop input is open. Local
Emergency Stop
A counter for evaporator pump 1 starts or
Evaporator Pump 1 Starts/Hours Modified hours has been modified by TechView. This
Evaporator Pump 1 Starts/Hours Modified Chiller Warning NonLatch All diagnostic is immediately and automatically NA
Evap Pmp Starts/Hrs Modified cleared and thus can only be seen in the
historic diagnostic list.
A counter for evaporator pump 2 starts or
Evaporator Pump 2 Starts/Hours Modified hours has been modified by TechView. This
Evaporator Pump 2 Starts/Hours Modified Chiller Warning NonLatch All diagnostic is immediately and automatically NA
Evap Pmp Starts/Hrs Modified cleared and thus can only be seen in the
historic diagnostic list.

Evaporator Water Flow Lost Immediate After the pump request was activated, water
and flow was established and then lost. Special
Evaporator Water Flow Lost Chiller NonLatch All Remote
Special action is to keep the evap pump request
Evap Water Flow Lost Action active in a diagnostic override mode.

Evaporator Water Flow Lost – Pump 1 Warning For dual evaporator pump configurations
and only. Evaporator Water Flow Lost diagnostic
Evaporator Water Flow Lost – Pump 1 Chiller NonLatch All Remote
Special occurred while Pump 1 was the selected
Evap Water Flow Lost Action pump.

Evaporator Water Flow Lost – Pump 2 Warning For dual evaporator pump configurations
and only. Evaporator Water Flow Lost diagnostic
Evaporator Water Flow Lost – Pump 2 Chiller NonLatch All Remote
Special occurred while Pump 2 was the selected
Evap Water Flow Lost Action pump.

106 CG-SVX17G-EN
Diagnostics

Table 62. Main processor diagnostics (continued)

Evaporator Water Flow Lost Lockout Four (4) water flow loss events occurred in
a moving 4 day time window. Corrective
Evaporator Water Flow Lost Lockout Chiller Immediate Latch All Local
action is needed to identify and eliminate the
Evap Water Flow Lost Lockout cause.
After the pump request was activated, the
Evaporator Water Flow Overdue Immediate evaporator water flow overdue wait time
and elapsed before water flow was established.
Evaporator Water Flow Overdue Chiller NonLatch All Remote
Special Special action is to keep the evap pump
Evap Water Flow Overdue Action request active in a diagnostic override
mode.

Evaporator Water Flow Overdue – Pump 1 Warning For dual evaporator pump configurations
and only. Evaporator Water Flow Overdue
Evaporator Water Flow Overdue – Pump 1 Chiller NonLatch All Remote
Special diagnostic occurred while Pump 1 was the
Evap Water Flow Overdue Action selected pump.

Evaporator Water Flow Overdue – Pump 2 Warning For dual evaporator pump configurations
and only. Evaporator Water Flow Overdue
Evaporator Water Flow Overdue – Pump 2 Chiller NonLatch All Remote
Special diagnostic occurred while Pump 2 was the
Evap Water Flow Overdue Action selected pump.
Evaporator Water Flow Too Low Cooling Mode Refrigerant side to water side heat balance
Evaporator Water Flow Too Low Chiller Immediate Latch [Not Cooling indicates that water flow has dropped below Local
Evap Water Flow Too Low Mode] allowable manufacturer limits.
a. Function Not “Enabled”: no diagnostics.
B. “Enabled “: Out-Of-Range Low or Hi or
External Chilled/Hot Water Setpoint bad LLID, set diagnostic, default CWS/HWS
External Chilled/Hot Water Setpoint Chiller Warning NonLatch All to next level of priority (e.g. Front Panel Remote
Ext Chilled/Hot Water Setpt SetPoint). This Warning diagnostic will
automatically reset if the input returns to the
normal range.
a. Function Not “Enabled”: no diagnostics.
B. “Enabled “: Out-Of-Range Low or Hi or
External Demand Limit Setpoint bad LLID, set diagnostic, default DLS to next
External Demand Limit Setpoint Chiller Warning NonLatch All level of priority (e.g. Front Panel SetPoint). Remote
External Demand Limit Setpt This Warning diagnostic will automatically
reset if the input returns to the normal
range.
Fan Fault
Fan Fault Circuit Warning Latch All The fan deck is indicating a fault. Local
Fan Fault
Fan Inverter Fault Ckt Energized The fan inverter fault input is ignored for the
Fan Inverter Fault Circuit Warning NonLatch [Ckt Not first 5 seconds of start up to allow variable Local
Fan Inverter Fault Energized]All speed drives to power up.
For systems with no evaporator pump, a
single evaporator pump, or a single inverter
driving dual evaporator pumps, an
immediate shutdown shall be performed.For
multiple pump systems, detection of a pump
Normal fault will generally cause pump control to
Fault Detected: Evaporator Water Pump 1 Immediate switch to the redundant pump. For single
or Warning inverter, dual pump configuration, switching
Fault Detected: Evaporator Water Pump 1 Chiller NonLatch All Remote
and to the redundant pump can only happen
Fault: Evap Water Pump Special after the fault is cleared. For systems with
Action no evaporator pump or a single evaporator
pump, a normal shutdown shall be
performed. For multiple pump systems,
detection of a pump fault will generally
cause pump control to switch to the
redundant pump.

CG-SVX17G-EN 107
Diagnostics

Table 62. Main processor diagnostics (continued)


For systems with no evaporator pump, a
single evaporator pump, or a single inverter
driving dual evaporator pumps, an
immediate shutdown shall be performed.
For multiple pump systems, detection of a
Normal pump fault will generally cause pump control
Fault Detected: Evaporator Water Pump 2 Immediate to switch to the redundant pump. For single
or Warning inverter, dual pump configuration, switching
Fault Detected: Evaporator Water Pump 2 Chiller NonLatch All Remote
and to the redundant pump can only happen
Fault: Evap Water Pump Special after the fault is cleared. For systems with
Action no evaporator pump or a single evaporator
pump, a normal shutdown shall be
performed. For multiple pump systems,
detection of a pump fault will generally
cause pump control to switch to the
redundant pump.
Ckt Energized
High Compressor Pressure Differential [Ckt Not
Compressor involute pressure differential
High Compressor Pressure Differential Circuit Immediate Latch Energized or Local
exceeded allowable limits.
High Cprsr Press Diff Operational
Pumpdown]
Discharge pressure exceeded the high
High Discharge Refrigerant Pressure pressure cutout setpoint + 100 kPa. Likely
High Discharge Refrigerant Pressure Circuit Immediate Latch All cause: failed or incorrectly set high pressure Local
High Discharge Rfgt Press cutout switch. Prevents release of
refrigerant through relief valve.
High Discharge Temperature Ckt Energized
The discharge temperature exceeded the
High Discharge Temperature Circuit Immediate NonLatch [Ckt Not Local
limits for the compressor.
High Discharge Temperature Energized]
High Discharge Temperature Lockout
5 high discharge temperature diagnostics
High Discharge Temperature Lockout Circuit Immediate Latch All
occurred over 210 minutes.
High Discharge Temp Lockout
The leaving water temperature exceeded
the high evap water temp setting (TV service
menu settable– default 55.0°C (131°F)) for 15
continuous seconds. The evaporator water pump
relay will be de-energized to stop the pump, but
only if it is running due to one of the diagnostics
Only effective if listed on the left. The diagnostic will auto reset and
either the pump will return to normal control when the
1) Evaporator temperature falls 2.778°C (5F) below the trip
Water Flow setting. The primary purpose is to stop the
High Evaporator Water Temperature Overdue, evaporator water pump and its associated pump
Info and
High Evaporator Water Temperature Chiller Special NonLatch 2) Evaporator heat from causing excessive water-side
Remote
Action Water Flow Lost, temperatures and water-side pressures when the
High Evap Water Temperature
3) Low Evap unit is not running but the evap pump is on due to
Water Temp: either Evaporator Water Flow Overdue,
Unit Off, Evaporator Water Flow Lost , or Low Evap Water
diagnostic is Temp – Unit Off diagnostics. This diagnostic will
active. not auto clear solely due to the clearing of the
enabling diagnostic.
*at unit installation, especially reversible
units, high evap water temp setting will need
to be written. The value should be
approximately 65.556°C (150°F) for heat
pumps
High Pressure Cutout
The high pressure cutout switch recognized
High Pressure Cutout Circuit Immediate Latch All Local
a high pressure.
High Pressure Cutout

108 CG-SVX17G-EN
Diagnostics

Table 62. Main processor diagnostics (continued)


Any circuit’s suction pressure has risen
above 95% of the high pressure cutout
setting. The evaporator water pump relay
will be de-energized to stop the pump
regardless of why the pump is running. The
diagnostic will auto reset and the pump will
return to normal control when all circuits’
suction pressures fall below 85% of the high
High Suction Refrigerant Pressure pressure cutout setting.
High Suction Refrigerant Pressure Chiller Immediate NonLatch All The primary purpose is to stop the Remote
High Suction Rfgt Press evaporator water pump and its associated
pump heat from causing refrigerant side
pressures close to the relief valve setting
when the chiller is not running, such as could
occur with Evaporator Water Flow Overdue,
Evaporator Water Flow Lost, or Low Evap
Water Temp – Unit Off diagnostics. This
condition is unlikely unless a discharge
isolation valve is installed and closed.
Unit energized
and all ckts’
reversing valves The leaving evaporator water temp fell below the
Inverted Water Temp (Heating) in heating entering evaporator water temperature by more
direction [Unit than 3F for 100F-sec. There is a 60 second
Inverted Water Temp (Heating) Chiller Immediate Latching Remote
de-energized or ignore time after the condition to enable the
Inverted Wtr Temp (Heating) any ckt’s diagnostic is met. During the ignore time, the
reversing valve temperature error is not integrated.
in cooling
direction]
LCI-C Software Mismatch: Use BAS Tool LCI-C Neuron software and LCI-C IPC3
LCI-C Software Mismatch: Use BAS Tool Chiller Warning NonLatch All software do not match. Load new LCI-C Remote
LCI-C Software: Use BAS Tool Neuron software using LonTalk service tool.
This feature is active on cooling-only units, not on
Loss of Charge Ckt Energized
heat pumps (even during cooling mode). The
Loss of Charge Circuit Immediate Latch [Ckt Not Local
circuit must have EXV superheat control. See
Loss of Charge Energized]
algorithm specification for details.

Low Differential Refrigerant Pressure The system differential pressure for the
Ckt Energized
respective circuit was below 90 psid for more
Low Differential Refrigerant Pressure Circuit Normal Latch [Ckt Not Local
than 4000 psid-sec, with a 2.5 minute ignore
Low Differential Rfgt Press Energized]
time from the start of the circuit.
The discharge saturated temperature for the
Low Discharge Saturated Temperature Ckt Energized respective circuit was below 20 °C for more
Low Discharge Saturated Temperature Circuit Normal Latch [Ckt Not than 3750 °C-sec, with a 10 minute ignore Local
Low Discharge Sat Temp Energized] time from the start of the circuit. Integration
starts after the ignore time is completed.
The leaving chilled water temperature fell below
the leaving water temp cutout setting for 30 degree
F seconds while the Chiller is in the Stop mode, or
in Auto mode with no compressors running.
Energize Evap Water pump Relay until diagnostic
Unit in Stop auto resets, then return to normal evap pump
Low Evap Leaving Water Temp: Unit Off Chiller Warning Mode, or in Auto control. Automatic reset occurs when the temp
and Mode and No rises 2F above the cutout setting for 30 minutes.
Low Evap Leaving Water Temp: Unit Off or NonLatch Remote
Special Ckt(s) Energized When this diagnostic is active AND Leaving Water
Low Evap Leav Wtr Temp: Off Circuit
Action [Any Ckt Temperature sensor diagnostic (loss of comm or
Energized] out of range) the Evap Water pump relay shall be
de-energized.
If evaporator protection temperature
sensors are installed, the effect is on the
appropriate circuit. Else, the effect is on the
chiller.

CG-SVX17G-EN 109
Diagnostics

Table 62. Main processor diagnostics (continued)


The chilled water temp. fell below the cutout
setpoint for 30 degree F Seconds while a
compressor was running. Automatic reset occurs
when the temperature rises 2 F above the cutout
setting for 2 minutes. This diagnostic shall not de-
Chiller Immediate
Low Evap Leaving Water Temp: Unit On Any Ckt[s] energize the Evaporator Water Pump Output. If
and
Low Evap Leaving Water Temp: Unit On NonLatch Energized [No this diagnostic is active the Low Evap Leaving Remote
or Special
Low Evap Leav Wtr Temp: On Ckt(s) Energizd] Water Temp: Unit Off diagnostic shall be
Circuit Action
suppressed.
If evaporator protection temperature
sensors are installed, the effect is on the
appropriate circuit. Else, the effect is on the
chiller.
Low Pressure Cutout
The suction refrigerant pressure fell below
Low Pressure Cutout Circuit Immediate Latch All Local
the low pressure cutout trip point.
Low Pressure Cutout
Circuit
Energized The suction saturated refrigerant temperature
Low Refrigerant Temperature
[Service dropped below the Low Refrigerant Temperature
Low Refrigerant Temperature Circuit Immediate Latch Local
Pumpdown, Cutout Setpoint for 16.67C-seconds (30F-
Low Refrigerant Temperature
Operational seconds).
Pumpdown]
Measured suction superheat stays below
2.22 °C for one continuous minute, with a 1
Low Suction Superheat Ckt Energized
minute ignore time fro m the start of the
Low Suction Superheat Circuit Immediate Latch [Ckt Not Local
circuit.
Low Suction Superheat Energized]
Suction Superheat = suction temp – sat.
suction temp.

MP: Could not Store Starts and Hours MP has determined there was an error with
the previous power down store. Starts and
MP: Could not Store Starts and Hours Platform Warning Latch All Remote
Hours may have been lost for the last 24
MP: Starts and Hours Failure hours.
MP: Non-Volatile Block Test Error MP has determined there was an error with
MP: Non-Volatile Block Test Error Platform Warning Latch All a block in the Non-Volatile memory. Check
MP: NV Block Test Error settings.
MP: Non-Volatile Memory Reformatted MP has determined there was an error in a
MP: Non-Volatile Memory Reformatted Platform Warning Latch All sector of the Non-Volatile memory and it Remote
MP: NV Memory Reformatted was reformatted. Check settings.
The main processor has successfully come
out of a reset and built its application. A
MP: Reset Has Occurred reset may have been due to a power up,
MP: Reset Has Occurred Chiller Warning NonLatch All installing new software or configuration. NA
MP: Reset Has Occurred This diagnostic is immediately and
automatically cleared and thus can only be
seen in the historic diagnostic list.
No Partial Heat Recovery Ckt Energized PHR entering water temperature is greater than
No Partial Heat Recovery Circuit Warning NonLatch [Ckt Not the discharge temperature by 1.11C for 30
No Partial Heat Recovery Energized] continuous minutes.
This diagnostic is only effective if all the following
requirements are met: 1) Unit is running. 2) THR
Control is enabled. 3) THR entering water
temperature is less than 4C, or discharge
temperature integral is greater than Discharge
Temperature Integral Limit in all the energized
circuits.
Unit energized
It shall be de-activated when any one of the
No Total Heat Recovery and THR control
Heat Normal following requirement is met: 1) THR entering
No Total Heat Recovery NonLatch enabled [Unit Remote
Recovery Warning water temperature is greater than 5C., and the
No Total Heat Recovery de-energized or
discharge saturated temperature is greater than
THR disabled]
minimum discharge saturated temperature in at
least one energized circuit, see Total Heat
Recovery Control Algorithm specification for
details. 2) THR entering water temperature is
invalid (comm loss or sensor diagnostic). 3) Total
Heat Recovery Control disabled. 4) No
compressor energized.

110 CG-SVX17G-EN
Diagnostics

Table 62. Main processor diagnostics (continued)

Phase Protection Fault Phase protection module recognized a phase


loss or phase reversal of the line power.
Phase Protection Fault Chiller Immediate NonLatch All Local
Reset automatically after module recognizes
Phase Protection Fault good power for 30 continuous seconds.
Power Factor Correction Fault
Power Factor Correction module has
Power Factor Correction Fault Chiller Warning Latch All Remote
signaled a fault condition.
Pwr Factor Correction Fault
A software monitor has detected a condition
in which there was a continuous 1 minute
period of compressor operation, with no
Software Error 1001: Call Trane Service Evaporator water flow. The presence of this
All
Software Error 1001: Call Trane Service Immediate Latch All software error message suggests an internal Local
functions
Software Error 1001 software problem has been detected. The
events that led up to this failure, if known,
should be recorded and transmitted to Trane
Controls Engineering.
A software monitor has detected a condition in
which there was a continuous 1 minute period of
compressor operation, with a misaligned state
machine. Reported if state chart
misalignment occurred inferred form the
Capacity Control, Circuit, or Compressor
Software Error 1002: Call Trane Service State Machines being in Stopped state or
All
Software Error 1002: Call Trane Service Immediate Latch All Inactive state while a compressor was Local
functions
Software Error 1002 operating and this condition existed for at
least 1 minute. The presence of this software
error message suggests an internal software
problem has been detected. The events that
led up to this failure, if known, should be
recorded and transmitted to Trane Controls
Engineering.
A software monitor has detected a condition in
which there was a continuous 1 minute period of
compressor operation, with a misaligned state
machine.
Reported if state chart misalignment
Software Error 1003: Call Trane Service occurred inferred from the Capacity Control,
All Circuit, or Compressor State Machines
Software Error 1003: Call Trane Service Immediate Latch All Local
functions remaining in the Stopping state for more
Software Error 1003
than 4 minutes with operating compressors.
The presence of this software error message
suggests an internal software problem has
been detected. The events that led up to this
failure, if known, should be recorded and
transmitted to Trane Controls Engineering.
A counter for compressor starts or hours has
Starts/Hours Modified been modified by TechView. This diagnostic
Starts/Hours Modified Cprsr Warning NonLatch All is immediately and automatically cleared NA
Starts/Hours Modified and thus can only be seen in the historic
diagnostic list.
The suction temperature measurement is
larger than the entering temperature by
more than a threshold value for 5 continuous
minutes. The threshold value is 3°C (5.4°F)
for cooling-only units, and 5°C (9°F) for heat
pumps. The entering temperature is the
Suction Temperature Too High Ckt Energized evaporator entering water temperature
Suction Temperature Too High Circuit Immediate Latch [Ckt Not when the reversing valve is in the cooling Local
Suction Temp Too High Energized] direction, and the ambient air temperature
when the reversing valve is in the heating
direction. There is an ignore time of 2
minutes following circuit startup. The trip
criteria is not evaluated (and time above the
threshold is not counted) until the ignore
time passes.

CG-SVX17G-EN 111
Diagnostics

Table 62. Main processor diagnostics (continued)


The circuit’s suction pressure dropped below
(Low Pressure Cutout Setpoint (kPa
absolute) * 0.5) regardless of whether or
Very Low Suction Pressure – Circuit 1 not compressors are running on that circuit.
All
This diagnostic was created to prevent
Very Low Suction Pressure – Circuit 1 Chiller Immediate Latch [circuit in Local
compressor failures due to cross-binding by
Very Low Suct Press – Ckt 1 manual lockout]
forcing an entire chiller shutdown. If a given
circuit is locked out, the suction pressure
transducer associated with it will be
excluded from causing this diagnostic.
The circuit’s suction pressure dropped below
(Low Pressure Cutout Setpoint (kPa
absolute) * 0.5) regardless of whether or
Very Low Suction Pressure – Circuit 2 not compressors are running on that circuit.
All
This diagnostic was created to prevent
Very Low Suction Pressure – Circuit 2 Chiller Immediate Latch [circuit in Local
compressor failures due to crossbinding by
Very Low Suct Press – Ckt 2 manual lockout]
forcing an entire chiller shutdown. If a given
circuit is locked out, the suction pressure
transducer associated with it will be
excluded from causing this diagnostic.

Sensor Failure Diagnostics


Notes: value to the Main Processor, indicating a sensor failure.
1. The following sensor failure diagnostics will not occur Some LLIDs may have more than one functional output
unless that input or output is required to be present by associated with it. Refer to the unit’s wiring diagrams
the particular configuration and installed options for to relate the occurrence of such sensor failure
the unit. diagnostics back to the physical LLID boards that they
have been assigned to (bound).
2. Sensor diagnostics are named by the Functional Name
of the input or output that is no longer sending a valid
Table 63. Sensor failure diagnostics
Active Modes Reset
Persis- [Inactive
Diagnostic Name Affects Severity tence Modes] Criteria
Level
Discharge Pressure Transducer Remote
Discharge Pressure Transducer Circuit Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID
Discharge Pressure Xdcr
Discharge Temperature Sensor Remote
Discharge Temperature Sensor Circuit Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID
Discharge Temperature Sensor
Evaporator Entering Water Temp Sensor Remote
Evaporator Entering Water Temp Sensor Chiller Normal Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID.
Evap Ent Water Temp Sensor
Evaporator Leaving Water Temp Sensor Remote
Evaporator Leaving Water Temp Sensor Chiller Normal Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID
Evap Leav Water Temp Sensor
Heat Recovery Entering Water Temp Sensor Bad Sensor or LLID. Warning for Remote
Heat Warning or
Heat Recovery Entering Water Temp Sensor Latch All Partial Heat Recovery. Normal
Recovery Normal
HR Entering Wtr Temp Sensor shutdown for Total Heat Recovery.
Heat Recovery Leaving Water Temp Sensor Remote
Heat
Heat Recovery Leaving Water Temp Sensor Warning Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID
Recovery
HR Leaving Wtr Temp Sensor
Outdoor Air Temp Sensor Remote
Outdoor Air Temp Sensor Chiller Normal Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID.
Outdoor Air Temp Sensor
Suction Pressure Transducer Remote
Suction Pressure Transducer Circuit Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID
Suction Pressure Xdcr
Suction Temperature Sensor Remote
Suction Temperature Sensor Circuit Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID
Suction Temperature Sensor

112 CG-SVX17G-EN
Diagnostics

Communication Diagnostics
Note: The following communication loss diagnostics will functional output associated with it. A comm loss
not occur unless that input or output is required to with such a multiple function board, will generate
be present by the particular configuration and multiple diagnostics. Refer to the Chiller’s wiring
installed options for the chiller. 2. Communication diagrams to relate the occurrence of multiple
diagnostics (with the exception of “Excessive Loss communication diagnostics back to the physical
of Comm” are named by the Functional Name of llid boards that they have been assigned to
the input or output that is no longer being heard (bound).
from by the Main Processor. Many LLIDs, such as
the Quad Relay LLID, have more than one
Table 64. Communication diagnostics
Activ
e
Mode
s [In-
active
Persis Mode Reset
Diagnostic Name Affects Severity - tence s] Criteria Level
Comm Loss: Anti-Freeze Heater Relay Warning
Continual loss of communication between the MP and
and
Comm Loss: Anti-Freeze Heater Relay Chiller Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Special
Comm: Anti-Freeze Heater Rly period.
Action
Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Auxiliary Setpoint Command Warning
the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second
and
Comm Loss: Auxiliary Setpoint Command Chiller Latch All period. Chiller shall discontinue use of the Auxiliary Remote
Special
Comm: Auxiliary Setpt Cmd Setpoint and revert to the Chilled Water Setpoint
Action
based on setpoint arbitration
Comm Loss: Compressor Fault Input Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Compressor Fault Input Cprsr Immediate Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Compressor Fault Input period.
Comm Loss: Compressor Run Command Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Compressor Run Command Cprsr Immediate Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Cprsr Run Command period.
Comm Loss: Cooling EXV Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Cooling EXV Circuit Immediate Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Cooling EXV period.
Comm Loss: Discharge Pressure Transducer Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Discharge Pressure Transducer Circuit Immediate Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Discharge Press Xdcr period.
Comm Loss: Discharge Temperature Sensor Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Discharge Temperature Sensor Circuit Immediate Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Discharge Temp Sensor period.
Comm Loss: Electronic Expansion Valve Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Electronic Expansion Valve Circuit Immediate Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: EXV period.
Comm Loss: Emergency Stop Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Emergency Stop Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Emergency Stop period.
Comm Loss: Evap Entering Water Temp Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Evap Entering Water Temp Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Evap Ent Water Temp period.
Comm Loss: Evap Leaving Water Temp Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Evap Leaving Water Temp Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Evap Leav Water Temp period.
Comm Loss: Evap Pump Inverter 1 Fault Input Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Evap Pump Inv 1 Fault Input Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Evap Pmp Inv 1 Flt Inp period.
Comm Loss: Evap Pump Inverter 1 Frequency
Feedback Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm Loss: Evap Pump Inv 1 Freq Feedback
period.
Comm: Evap Pmp Inv 1 Freq
Comm Loss: Evap Pump Inverter 1 Run Command Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Evap Pump Inverter 1 Run Cmd Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Evap Pmp Inv 1 Run Cmd period.

CG-SVX17G-EN 113
Diagnostics

Table 64. Communication diagnostics (continued)


Comm Loss: Evaporator Pump 1 Fault Input Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Evaporator Pump 1 Fault Input Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Evap Pump Fault Input period.
Comm Loss: Evaporator Pump 2 Fault Input Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Evaporator Pump 2 Fault Input Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Evap Pump Fault Input period.
Comm Loss: Evaporator Water Flow Switch Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Evaporator Water Flow Switch Chiller Immediate Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Evap Water Flow Sw period.
Comm Loss: Evaporator Water Pump 1 Relay Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Evaporator Water Pump 1 Relay Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Evap Water Pump Relay period.
Comm Loss: Evaporator Water Pump 2 Relay Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Evaporator Water Pump 2 Relay Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Evap Water Pump Relay period.
Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Ext Chilled/Hot Wtr Setpoint Warning
the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second
and
Comm Loss: Ext Chilled/Hot Wtr Setpoint Chiller Latch All period. Chiller shall discontinue use of the External Remote
Special
Comm: Ext Chil/Hot Wtr Setpt Chilled/Hot Water Setpoint source and revert to the
Action
next higher priority for setpoint arbitration
Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Ext Demand Limit Setpoint Warning
the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second
and
Comm Loss: Ext Demand Limit Setpoint Chiller Latch All period. Chiller shall discontinue use of the External Remote
Special
Comm: Ext Demand Limit Setpt Demand Limit Setpoint source and revert to the next
Action
higher priority for setpoint arbitration
Comm Loss: External Auto/Stop Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: External Auto/Stop Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: External Auto/Stop period.

Comm Loss: External Heat Recovery Input Warning Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Heat
and the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second
Comm Loss: External Heat Recovery Input Recover Latch All Remote
Special period. External input is excluded from arbitration
Comm: Ext Heat Recovery Inp y
Action logic per standard arbitration rules.
Comm Loss: External Ice Building Control Input Continual loss of communication between the MP and
the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second
Comm Loss: Ext Ice Building Ctrl Input Chiller Warning Latch All Remote
period. Chiller shall revert to normal (non-ice
Comm: Ext Ice Building Ctrl building) mode regardless of last state.
Comm Loss: External Night Noise Setback Input Warning Continual loss of communication between the MP and
and the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second
Comm Loss: Ext Night Noise Setback Input Chiller Latch All Remote
Special period. External input is excluded from arbitration
Comm: Ext Night Noise Inp Action logic per standard arbitration rules.
Comm Loss: Fan Control Relays Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Fan Control Relays Circuit Immediate Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Fan Control Relays period.
Comm Loss: Fan Fault Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Fan Fault Circuit Warning Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Fan Fault period.

Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Fault Warning Continual loss of communication between the MP and
and the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Fault Circuit Latch All Remote
Special period. Revert to fixed-speed fan algorithm using
Comm: Fan Inverter Fault Action remaining fans.
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Speed Command Warning Continual loss of communication between the MP and
and Non the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second
Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Speed Command Circuit All Remote
Special Latch period. Revert to fixed-speed fan algorithm using
Comm: Fan Inverter Speed Cmd Action remaining fans.
Comm Loss: Heat Recovery Entering Water Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Temperature Sensor Heat
Warning or the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second
Recover Latch All Remote
Comm Loss: HR Entering Water Temperature Normal period. Warning for Partial Heat Recovery. Normal
y
Comm: HR Entering Water Temp shutdown for Total Heat Recovery.
Comm Loss: Heat Recovery Leaving Water
Temperature Sensor Heat Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Recover Warning Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm Loss: HR Leaving Water Temperature
y period.
Comm: HR Leaving Water Temp
Comm Loss: Heat Recovery Three Way Valve Heat Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Heat Recovery Three Way Valve Recover Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: HR Three Way Valve y period.
Comm Loss: Heat/Cool Switch Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Heat/Cool Switch Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Heat/Cool Switch period.

114 CG-SVX17G-EN
Diagnostics

Table 64. Communication diagnostics (continued)


Comm Loss: Heating EXV Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Heating EXV Circuit Immediate Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Heating EXV period.
Comm Loss: High Pressure Cutout Switch Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: High Pressure Cutout Switch Circuit Immediate Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: High Press Cutout Sw period.

Comm Loss: Local BAS Interface Warning


Continual loss of communication between the MP and
and Non
Comm Loss: Local BAS Interface Chiller All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Special Latch
Comm: Local BAS Interface period. Use the last values sent from BAS.
Action
Comm Loss: Night Noise Setback Relay Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Night Noise Setback Relay Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Night Noise Setbk Rly period.
Comm Loss: Op Status Programmable Relays Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Op Status Programmable Relays Chiller Warning Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Op Status Relays period.
Comm Loss: Outdoor Air Temperature Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Outdoor Air Temperature Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Outdoor Air Temp period.
Comm Loss: Percent Capacity Output Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Percent Capacity Output Chiller Warning Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Percent Capacity Out period.
Comm Loss: Phase Protection Fault Input Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Phase Protection Fault Input Chiller Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Phase Protect Flt Inp period.
Comm Loss: Power Factor Correction Fault Input Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Power Factor Correction Fault Chiller Warning Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Pwr Fac Correction Flt period.
Comm Loss: Receiver Fill Valve Relay Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Receiver Fill Valve Relay Circuit Normal Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Receiver Fill Vlv Rly period.
Comm Loss: Reversing Valve
Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Reversing Valve Circuit Normal Latch All Remote
the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 sec period.
Comm: Reversing Valve
Comm Loss: Subcooler Shutoff Valve Relay
Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Subcooler Shutoff Valve Relay Circuit Normal Latch All Remote
the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 sec period.
Comm: Subcooler Shut Vlv Rly
Comm Loss: Suction Pressure Transducer Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Suction Pressure Transducer Circuit Immediate Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Suction Pressure Xdcr period.
Comm Loss: Suction Temperature Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Suction Temperature Circuit Immediate Latch All the Functional ID has occurred for a 35-40 second Remote
Comm: Suction Temperature period.
Comm Loss: Supplemental Heat Relay 1 Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Supplemental Heat Relay 1 Chiller Warning Latch All the Functional ID for relay 1 has occurred for a 35-40 Remote
Comm: Supplmntl Heat Rly 1 second period.
Comm Loss: Supplemental Heat Relay 2 Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Supplemental Heat Relay 2 Chiller Warning Latch All the Functional ID for relay 2 has occurred for a 35-40 Remote
Comm: Supplmntl Heat Rly 2 second period.
Comm Loss: Supplemental Heat Relay 3 Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Supplemental Heat Relay 3 Chiller Warning Latch All the Functional ID for relay 3 has occurred for a 35-40 Remote
Comm: Supplmntl Heat Rly 3 second period.
Comm Loss: Supplemental Heat Relay 4 Continual loss of communication between the MP and
Comm Loss: Supplemental Heat Relay 4 Chiller Warning Latch All the Functional ID for relay 4 has occurred for a 35-40 Remote
Comm: Supplmntl Heat Rly 4 second period.
Loss of comm with 10 or more of the LLIDs configured
Excessive Loss of Comm for the system has been detected. This diagnostic will
Excessive Loss of Comm Chiller Immediate Latch All suppress the callout of all subsequent comm loss Remote
Excessive Loss of Comm diagnostics. Check power supply(s) and power
disconnects – troubleshoot LLID bus using TechView.

CG-SVX17G-EN 115
Diagnostics

Main Processor- Boot Messages and Diagnostics


DynaView Display Description/Troubleshooting
A valid configuration is present in the MP’s nonvolatile memory. The configuration is a set of variables and settings
that define the physical makeup of this particular chiller. These include: number/airflow,/and type of fans, number/
A Valid Configuration is Present
and size of compressors, special features, characteristics, and control options.
// Temporary display of this screen is part of the normal power up sequence.
App Present. Running An application has been detected in the Main Processor’s nonvolatile memory and the boot code is proceeding to run
Selftest.… a check on its entirety. 8 seconds later, the boot code had completed and passed the (CRC) test.
Selftest Passed // Temporary display of this screen is part of the normal power up sequence.
An application has been detected in Main Processor’s nonvolatile memory and the boot code is proceeding to run a
check on its entirety. A few seconds later, the boot code had completed but failed the (CRC) test.
//Connect a TechView Service Tool to the MP’s serial port, provide chiller model number (configuration information)
App Present. Running Selftest
and download the configuration if prompted by TechView. Then proceed to download the most recent RTAC
Err3: CRC Failure
application or specific version as recommended by Technical Service. Note that this error display may also occur
during the programming process, if the MP never had a valid application any time prior to the download. If problem
persists, replace MP.
The “boot code” is the portion of the code that is resident in all MPs regardless of what application code (if any) is
loaded. Its main function is to run power up tests and provide a means for downloading application code via the MP’s
Boot Software Part Numbers: serial connection. The Part numbers for the code are displayed in the lower left hand corner of the DynaView during
LS Flash --> 6200-0318-XX the early portion of the power up sequence and during special programming and converter modes. See below. For
MS Flash --> 6200-0319-XX the EasyView, the extension of the boot code part number is displayed for approximately 3 immediately following
power up.
// This is normal, but you should provide this information when contacting Technical Service about power up problems.
A command was received from the Service Tool (Tech View) to stop the running application and run in the “converter
Converter Mode mode”. In this mode the MP acts as a simple gateway and allows the TechView service computer to talk to all the
LLIDS on the IPC3 bus.
Err2: RAM Addr Test #1 Failure There were RAM errors detected in RAM Address Test #1. //Recycle power, if error persists, replace MP.
Err2: RAM Addr Test #2 Failure There were RAM errors detected in RAM Address Test #2. //Recycle power, if the error persists, replace MP.
Err2: RAM Pattern 1 Failure There were RAM errors detected in RAM Test Pattern #1. // Recycle power, if the error persists, replace MP.
Err2: RAM Pattern 2 Failure There were RAM errors detected in RAM Test Pattern #2. //Recycle power, if the error persists, replace MP.
An unhandled interrupt has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a safe
shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear diagnostics, and
attempt to restart the application and allow a normal restart of chiller as appropriate.
Err4: UnHandled Interrupt // This condition might occur due to a severe electro-magnetic transient such as can be caused by a near lightening
strike. Such events should be rare or isolated and if no damage results to the CH.530 control system, the Chiller
Restart Timer:
will experience a shutdown and restart. If this occurs more persistently it may be due to an MP hardware problem.
[3 sec countdown timer] Try replacing the MP. If replacement of the MP proves ineffective, the problem may be a result of extremely high
radiated or conducted EMI. Contact Technical Service.
If this screen occurs immediately after a software download, attempt to reload both the configuration and the
application. Failing this, contact Technical Service.
An Operating System error has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a safe
Err5: Operating System Error
shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear diagnostics, and
Restart Timer:
attempt to restart the application and allow a normal restart of chiller as appropriate.
[3 sec countdown timer]
// See Err 4 above
Err6: Watch Dog Timer Error A Watch Dog Timer Error has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a safe
Restart Timer: shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear diagnostics, and
[3 sec countdown timer] attempt to restart the application allowing a normal restart of chiller as appropriate.
Err7: Unknown Error An unknown Error has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a safe shutdown
Restart Timer: of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear diagnostics, and attempt to
[3 sec countdown timer] restart the application allowing a normal restart of chiller as appropriate
Err8: Held in Boot by User Key
A touch was detected during boot indicating the user wanted to stay in boot mode. This mode can be used to recover
Press
from a fatal software error in the application code. Cycle power on the MP to clear this error if it was unintentional.
[3 sec countdown timer]
App software inside the MP failed its own checksum test. Possible causes: application software in the MP is not
MP Application Memory CRC
complete – software download to the MP was not completed successfully - or MP hardware problem. Note: User should
Error
attempt to reprogram the MP if this diagnostic occurs.
MP: Invalid Configuration MP has an invalid configuration based on the current software installed
No Main Processor Application is present – There are no RAM Test Errors.
No Application Present // Connect a TechView Service Tool to the MP’s serial port, provide chiller model number (configuration information)
Please Load Application... and download the configuration if prompted by TechView. Then proceed to download the most recent application or
specific version as recommended by Technical Service.
A command was received by the MP from the Tech View Service Tool and the MP is in the process of first erasing and
then writing the program code to its internal Flash (nonvolatile) Memory. Note that if the MP never had a prior
Programming Mode
application already in memory, the error code “Err3”will be displayed instead of this, during the programming
download process.

116 CG-SVX17G-EN
Unit Wiring
Table below provides a list of 20-130 ton CGAM electrical schematics, field wiring and connection diagrams. Complete
unit wiring package is documented in CGAM-SVE01*-EN. A laminated wiring diagram kit is also shipped with each unit.
Drawing Number Description
Sheet 1 Table of Contents
Sheet 2 Legend
Sheet 3 Notes
Sheet 4 Compressor Power Circuit 1
Sheet 5 Blank
Sheet 6 Fan Power Circuit 1
Sheet 7 Fan Power Circuit 1
2309-2075 Sheet 8 Schematic Blank
Slant Frame Units Sheet 9 Slant Frame Units Blank
Sheet 10 Pump Power/Control
Sheet 11 Compressor Control
Sheet 12 Fan Control, 2 & 3 Fan/Ckt Units
Sheet 13 Blank
Sheet 14 Common Control
Sheet 15 CH530 Control
Sheet 16 Freeze Protection
Sheet 1 Table of Contents
Sheet 2 Legend
Sheet 3 Notes
Sheet 4 Compressor Power Circuit 1
Sheet 5 Compressor Power Circuit 2
Sheet 6 Fan Power Circuit 1
Sheet 7 Fan Power Circuit 1
2309-2075 Sheet 8 Schematic Fan Power Circuit 2
V Frame Units Sheet 9 V Frame Units Fan Power Circuit 2
Sheet 10 Pump Power/Control
Sheet 11 Compressor Control
Sheet 12 Fan Control, 2 & 3 Fan/Ckt Units
Sheet 13 Blank
Sheet 14 Common Control
Sheet 15 CH530 Control
Sheet 16 Freeze Protection
Sheet 1 Table of Contents
Sheet 2 Legend
Sheet 3 Notes
Sheet 4 Compressor Power Circuit 1
Sheet 5 Compressor Power Circuit 2
Sheet 6 Fan Power Circuit 1
Sheet 7 Fan Power Circuit 1
2309-2075 Sheet 8 Schematic Fan Power Circuit 2
W Frame Units Sheet 9 W Frame Units Fan Power Circuit 2
Sheet 10 Pump Power/Control
Sheet 11 Compressor Control
Sheet 12 Fan Control, 2 & 3 Fan/Ckt Units
Sheet 13 Fan Control, 4 & 5Fan/Ckt Units
Sheet 14 Common Control
Sheet 15 CH530 Control
Sheet 16 Freeze Protection
Sheet 1 Diagram
2309-2076 Field Wiring
Sheet 2 Notes
Sheet 1
5720-6468 Diagram - Slant Frame Component Location - Control Panel
Sheet 2
5720-6497 Assembly - Slant Frame Device Location Sensor and CH530
5720-6469 Sheet 1, 2 Diagram - V frame Component Location - Control Panel
5720-6498 Assembly - V Frame Assembly - Device Location Sensor and CH530 - V frame
5720-6470 Sheet 1, 2 Diagram - W Frame Component Location - Control Panel
5720-6499 Assembly - W Frame Assembly - Device Location Sensor and CH530
5722-4410 Diagram - Slant, V, W Component Location - VSD Pump Enclosure

CG-SVX17G-EN 117
Log and Check Sheet
The check sheet is included for use as appropriate, for
installation completion verification beforeTrane start-up
is scheduled, and for reference during theTrane start-up.
Where thecheck sheet also exists outside of this
publication as standalone literature, the literature order
number is also listed.
• CGAM Installation Completion Check Sheet and
Request forTrane Service (CG-ADF001*-EN)

118 CG-SVX17G-EN
CGAM Air-Cooled Scroll Chiller
Installation Completion Check Sheet and Request for Trane Service
Important: A copy of this completed form must be submitted to theTrane service agency that will be responsible for the start-
up of the chiller. Start-up will NOT proceed unless applicable items listed in this form have been satisfactorily
completed.
To: Trane Service Office:
S.O. Number: Serial Numbers:
Job/Project Name:
Address:
The following items are being installed and will be completed by:
Important: Start-up must be performed byTrane or an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to perform start-up ofTrane®
products. Contractor shall provideTrane (or an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to perform start-up) with
notice of the scheduled start-up at least two weeks prior to the scheduled start-up.

Check boxes if the task is complete or if the answer is “yes.”


1. CGAM Chiller
 Installation meets foundation requirements.
 In place and piped.
 Isolation pads or neoprene pads installed (optional).
2. Piping
Chilled water piping connected to:
 Evaporator
 Heat recovery (if applicable)
 Air handling units
 Pumps (no piping to pump required if optional pump package is installed)
 Secondary flow proving device installed (recommended)
 Strainer installed and cleaned
 Water supply connected to filling system
 Systems filled
 Pumps run, air bled from system
 Strainer cleaned
Note: Do NOT remove strainer mesh to clean the system.
 Relief valve ventilation piping installed (if applicable)
Flow balancing valves installed on:
 Leaving chilled water
 Optional heat recovery (if applicable)
Gauges, thermometers, and air vents installed on:
 Both sides of evaporator
 Optional heat recovery (if applicable)
3. Wiring
 Wire size per submittal, NEC and applicable local electrical codes. Verify only copper conductors used.
 Unit is properly grounded.
 Wiring connects are tight.
Note: Do NOT overtorque.
 Full power available, and within utilization range.
 Interconnecting wiring to control panel (as required)
 External interlocks (secondary proof of flow, pumps auxiliary, etc.)
 Chilled water pump connected and tested (not required if optional pum package is installed)
 Heat recovery condenser water pump (as applicable)
 115 Vac power available for service tools
 All controls installed and connected

CG-ADF001A-EN 1
4. Testing
 Trace gas amounts of R-410A available for leak testing, if necessary
5.  Refrigerant on job site, if unit shipped with nitrogen charge
 Dry nitrogen available for pressure testing
6.  Systems can be operated under load conditions
Important: Start-up cannot be completed without ability to fully load the unt.
7. Heaters
 Verify that the compressor oil sump heaters are installed tightly around the compressor. Energize and verify heaters
are operational using a temperature probe.
 If unit was factory charged (model number digit 20 = 1), energize heaters for 24 hours prior to start up.
Important: It is required that chiller heaters are energized for a minimum of 24 hours prior to start up.Therefore,
chiller should have power for this amount of time beforeTrane Service arrives to do start-up.
 If unit has nitrogen charge (model number digit 20 = 2), contactTrane Service for unit charging prior to start-up.
8. Owner awareness
 Has the owner been fully instructed on the proper use of refrigerant?
 Does the owner have a copy of the MSDS for refrigerant?
 Was the owner given a copy of the Refrigerant Handling Guidelines?
Note: Additional time required to properly complete the start-up and commissioning, due to any incompleteness of the
installation, will be invoiced at prevailing rates.
This is to certify that theTrane® equipment has been properly and completely installed, and that the applicable items listed above
have been satisfactorily completed.
Important: It is required that the chiller heaters are energized for a minimum of 24 hours prior to start up.Therefore, the chiller
should have power for this amount of time beforeTrane Service arrives to do start-up of the equipment.
Checklist completed by: ______________________________________________________________________________________________
Signed: _____________________________________________________________________ Date: _______________________________
In accordance with your quotation and our purchase order number __________________, we will therefore require the presence
ofTrane service on this site, for the purpose of start-up and commissioning, by __________________ (date).
Note: Minimum two-week advance notification is required to allow scheduling of the chiller start-up.
Additional comments/instructions: ____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Note: A copy of this completed from must be submitted to theTrane Service Office that will be responsible for start-up of chiller.

Trane and theTrane logo are trademarks or registered trademarks ofTrane in the United States and other countries.

Trane optimizes the performance of homes and buildings around the world. A business of Ingersoll Rand, the
leader in creating and sustaining safe, comfortable and energy efficient environments, Trane offers a broad
portfolio of advanced controls and HVAC systems, comprehensive building services, and parts. For more
information, visit www.Trane.com.

Trane has a policy of continuous product and product data improvement and reserves the right to change design and specifications without notice.

© 2015Trane All rights reserved


CG-ADF001A-EN 03 Mar 2015 We are committed to using environmentally
New conscious print practices that reduce waste.
Trane optimizes the performance of homes and buildings around the world. A business of Ingersoll Rand, the leader in
creating and sustaining safe, comfortable and energy efficient environments, Trane offers a broad portfolio of advanced
controls and HVAC systems, comprehensive building services, and parts. For more information, visit www.Trane.com.

Trane has a policy of continuous product and product data improvement and reserves the right to change design and specifications without notice.

© 2015Trane All rights reserved


CG-SVX17G-EN 04 Mar 2015 We are committed to using environmentally
Supersedes CG-SVX17F-EN (04 Oct 2012) conscious print practices that reduce waste.

You might also like